Most members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints likely know that the Brother of Jared in the Book of Ether, has the actual name of Mahonri Moriancumer, which name was given by Joseph Smith in a blessing to Brother Cahoon’s new child. That story comes from the journal of William F. Cahoon, which I share below.
The Meaning of the Name Mahonri Moriancumer
From a General Discussion on the blog Mormon Dialogue and Discussion Board, from LDS Watchman Posted December 5, 2020, we read.
“LDS Hebrew scholar Robert Smith provided the following commentary on the meaning of the name Mahonri Moriancumer. The meaning of this name is a powerful proof that the Book of Mormon is true.
Jared was the fourth son of Joktan(See more at the bottom under Jared Descendants), but head of his own family, and his people consisting of other families including his brother and his family and friends. Strangely, we are not told the name of the brother. Joktan had 13 sons who are named in the Bible; Almodad, Sheleph, Hazarmaveth, Jerah, Hadoram, Uzal, Diklah, Obal, Abimael, Sheba, Ophir, Havilah and Jobab. There is not a Mahonri Moriancumer among them.
…the brother is indeed one of the twelve brothers of Jerah or Jared, but that this new name was given him later as a description of the things he did. I will discuss this below…
There is no revelation giving this name (Mahonri Moriancumer) and the only record that I know of is in the journal of William F. Cahoonwho tells that one day the prophet was passing by the house of his father, Elder Reynolds Cahoon, in Kirtland. His father called the prophet in and asked him to bless and name a new son just born to them. Joseph blessed the baby and gave him the name Mahonri Moriancumer. When he finished, he turned to Elder Cahoon and said, “The name I have given your son is the name of the brother of Jared.” … at that far off time, men were not given two names. There is no record of it ever happening in those days and for all the ensuing centuries up to the time of Christ…
The brother of Jared is called that more than fifty times in the book of Ether and never once named. He is the only important figure not named. Why, we might ask, should this be the case? The answer is in the name itself. The only reason Moroni would not write his name is because it is too large and unwieldy. In addition, there is no symbol in reformed Egyptian that would give the name. Moroni would have had to invent a symbol for this long name and he did not want to do it. Instead he used a symbol they had that was used before or else he wrote it in Hebrew.
The name Jared was a common name used in Israel… There are fewer than 300 names in the Book of Mormon apart from the book of Ether. But there were millions of people who lived in the 1000 year history of the Nephites. It is obvious that the name Jared would have been, if not common, at least used among them. There would therefore be a symbol for this name and a symbol for brother of Jared. It would be concise and easy to engrave. Since there was no symbol for Mahonri Moriancumer, it would require writing out this long name in Hebrew. To avoid doing that, Moroni simply used the symbol for brother of Jared or possibly wrote it out in Hebrew. In Hebrew, brother of Jared has only three syllables. In English, the name has eight syllables, which is more than double the space. This alone proves that the brother of Jared had an unusually long name…
The name is a descriptive title as are most names in Hebrew. They denote some characteristic or hope for the person named. It could be that this man was indeed one of Jared’s blood brothers, but his name was changed to reflect these characteristics. He was a man of great faith and leadership. He spoke with the Lord personally, and about whom the Lord said he had never seen such great faith. It is very likely, therefore, that the people of Jared gave him this description because of the mighty works he did.
It is sometimes difficult to figure out what a name means because it is put together from parts of other words to form a new one. In the case of Book of Mormon names, we do not have the original Hebrew spelling. If Joseph’s spelling of the name is pretty accurate, then we can transliterate it to see what it means. The first name is pretty easy, as far as the parts go. Mahmeans something, what, how, who or which. Of course you recognize the word “on” which means lightand is also metaphor for the Savior. This is part of the word Tzion in Hebrew, meaning holy people of the Lord and also the place where they reside. We spell it Zion today.On was the city of the sun where the holy people dwelt, so by link, “on” in this word means the same thing, Zion, but in a different place. Rimeans water originally. Today it is used to mean moisture or dampness, but it also means irrigation. We can put these together and get something likeWho [provides or leads to] light [on the] water. There is double meaning in this as you can see. He provided the illuminated stones that provided light in the boats. He also led them across the water to the land of Zion, although they never had a Zion civilization.
The last name is a little more difficult, but we can understand it. “Mor” means to change or perform a wonder. The word “ian” is a conjunction and I know of no other meaning. It means “in order to” or “for the purpose of.” The root “cum,” pronounced “coom” is a common verb meaning “to raise up” or “to rise.” “To raise up” is a phrase we know from other scripture which means to save. The suffix –er indicates instrumentality. I think this is just the English translation of the suffix although there is a similar one in Hebrew.
Putting the parts together, we get a description of “Someone who performs wonders in order to lift, raise up, or save.”We can see from these descriptive terms the very things that the brother of Jared did while assisting the people to prepare for and cross the ocean. Because he did all these things, one short name was not enough to describe him and this was a long description rather than his given name. We only have the English spelling, as I said, but if the sounds are the same, the way I have rendered the names is probably very near the original and correct meaning.
Mahonri: “Who [provides or leads to] light [on the] water” Moriancumer: “Someone who performs wonders in order to lift, raise up, or save.”
So, the name of Mahonri Moriancumer may mean:
He who leads to light on the water, and someone who performs wonders in order to lift, raise up, or save.
A very realistic name isn’t it?
LDS Watchman continues, “This description is perhaps the biggest proof of the authenticity of the name, or more accurately, his title, because it fits almost exactly with what he did and who he was. He was a great prophet and performed wonders and miracles in getting the people across the water.
There is one final proof of the authenticity of this name… when the Jaredites came to the place where they settled for four years, they named the place Moriancumer... The area was undoubtedly named after the brother of Jared. He was the spiritual leader of the people and a great prophet.[He likely held the Priesthood See Blog Here]Why was the place not called Mahonri Moriancumer? As I showed above, Mahonri has a different meaning and the brother of Jared has not done these acts at the time they are at these waters prior to leaving. This title has to do with his providing light to cross the water. [On the Pacific Ocean from China to Seattle? or 344 Days See Blog Here]. LDS Watchman continues, “They have not built the [See second Set of Barges, as you read Ether 2:16 which says, “Go to work and build, after the manner of barges which ye have hitherto built“] boats or submarines yet, so this descriptive name would not have been given him until later. This, again, is a very important point. Had Joseph been making the name up, he would have added the first name at this point since he probably did not know what they meant... By only using the second name, again Joseph gives us a powerful evidence that the book is true, that he is a prophet and that his translation is correct and accurate.” LDS Watchman at link here: https://www.mormondialogue.org/topic/73357-the-meaning-of-the-name-mahonri-moriancumer[Quotes added by Editor]
An Additional Possible Interpretation of Mahonri’s Name above by David Stewart in “Jaredites: The First Americans”
Eber or (Hebrew) Descendants
Joktan and Peleg, sons of Eber would have to both be Hebrew through Eber.(Hebrew)
Jared or Jerah is the name of one of the twelve sons of Joktan.
The Brother of Jerah or Jared is Mahonri Moriancumer Who would have to be one of the names or brothers in the picture left, of Jerah or Jared.
Joktan would be considered the father of the Arabic people. Also later Abraham has a son named Isaac where the Saviors descendance come, and Abraham had a son named Ishmael who was also the forefather of the Arab Nations.
Shem’s line through his son Arpachshad is the one that leads to Abraham (Abram) and Israel. This makes Shem the ancestor of figures such as King David and Jesus Christ. See Chart Below:
For more research material I suggest you read from the link below. Jaredites: The First Americans by David Stewart. I don’t believe all of it, but he has some great information’
David Stewart says, “The original inhabitants of North America arrived near what is now Los Angeles in eight barges in approximately 1676 BC. They lived almost exclusively in North America for exactly thirty-two generations, after which time they annihilated themselves, all but two men, in a civil war, in about 600 B.C. The history of the Jaredites is described in the Book of Ether , and in other records of the Jaredite civilization that will be translated as time permits. The Jaredite history is of particular importance as it serves as a warning to all people. Mormon recorded: “it is expedient that all people should know the things which are written in this account” ( Mosiah 28:11 ).” Continued at the link below. https://data.docslib.org/img/b1b9ffa53978023f5ddede70d1ebf147-1.webp
Did the Brother of Jared Hold the Priesthood?
I believe the Jaredites are a mixture of Ham, Shem and Japeth who were the sons of Noah. Stewart says the Jaredites were all from Ham which I don’t agree with. Ham was cursed to hold the Priesthood even though the Jaredites including Ham, Shem and Japeth were a very righteous group. See Abraham 1:21-17
I share with you that I believe the Jaredites likely landed near Seattle Washington(See my Blog Here), not like David Stewart says above, that they may have landed in Los Angeles area. Although that is definitely possible, my best estimate using the natural ocean current and finding all the artifacts dated to the Jaredites timeline in the State of Washington, they would have arrived near Seattle first. From Seattle is seems plausible that many who were from the Jaredite clan who were more from Ham, may have migrated down into the area of southwestern United State and the Ancient Olmecs in Mesoamerica. Likely the Japethites traveled from Seattle northeast into Alaska, Canada and to eastern North America.The Priesthood lineage of Shem likely traveled the Columbia River east to the Missouri River to the Ohio River and up the Mississippi Valley into northern New York. Any mixture could have migrated into any of these three areas, but it makes sense similar races and tribes may have mostly stayed together.
Remember the chosen Jaredites and likely most were from Shem who had the Priesthood, would end up in New York at hill Ramah at a battle that ended their civilization, because of wickedness just at the Nephites. Ramah was the exact same hill as Cumorah: See Ether 15:11
I believe the Jaredites who were blessed with keeping the Adamic Language likely had the Priesthood. Bruce R. McConkie said, “These promises of God to the Jaredites contain the essential elements of the everlasting covenant detailed later to Father Abraham and to every covenant people. These elements include priesthood, posterity, and a land of inheritance” Bruce McConkie, A New Witness 505
“The book of Moses described the language of Adam as “pure and undefiled”. It is intimately connected with the “Priesthood,which was in the beginning, [and] shall be in the end of the world also.” MOSES 6:5 Thomas R. Valletta, “Jared and His Brother,” in Fourth Nephi, From Zion to Destruction, ed. Monte S. Nyman and Charles Tate Jr. (BYU Provo, UT: Religious Studies Center
“The Prophet Joseph Smith taught that “All the prophets had Melchizedek priesthood.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, p. 181)
Yes! The Jaredites retained the Adamic Language, which relates to the Priesthood. Ether was their last Prophet and Mahonri Moriancumer would have the Priesthood. This means the Brother of Jared would have to be from the loins of Shem (Who likely was also the same person called the King of Salem or Melchizedek Blog Here:), which is the established Priesthood Lineage through all of time. The Brother of Jared could not have been from Ham or he could not hold the Priesthood. I believe Ham, Shem and Japeth all three held what is called a Patriarchal Priesthood (Father to Son), but only Shem and his descendant’s were ordained to the Melchizedek Priesthood. See my blog here about the difference between the Patriarchal and the Melchizedek Priesthood.
“Zelph a Man of God” by Ken Corbett. Zelph is standing at Valley City, Illinois where the skeleton of Zelph was found at Russell Naples #8 Mound. The Prophet is Onandagus.
I love the Iroquois Nation and I especially love the Onondaga Tribe of whom Zelph was a member. Zelph’s prophet during the time frame of the Book of Mormon was Onondagus according to the Joseph Smith Papers here. With my love of the Prophet Joseph Smith and of Zelph, I call the Onondaga Nation, Joseph Smith’s Lamanites.
You may remember about the Founding Fathers that appeared to Wilford Woodruff in the St George Temple asking for baptism? Just one week later 85 Famous Indian Chiefs were also baptized in the St. George Temple on Aug 29, 1877. Of the 85 total, 74 were of the Iroquois Nation and 11 were from the Algonquian Nation of North America. See Blog here.
There is a belief that the Iroquois Nation played an important role in the life of Joseph Smith. He lived in an area with many Iroquois chiefs and may have even met many of these great men. Ganargua Creek (Mud Creek) was a primary stopover point for the Iroquois on their trade routes. Joseph Smith also had an interest in the creek after hearing a speech from Seneca Indian Chief Red Jacket at Palmyra in 1822.
Many historians believe that Iroquoian ideas of federalism, and balance of power directly influenced the US system of government. Benjamin Franklin admired native American government structures. In 1744, Canassatego advocated in Washington the federal union of the American colonies. See Here
The Iroquois or Haudenosaunee (People of the Longhouse) are a historically powerful northeast Native American confederacy. They were known during the colonial years to the French as the Iroquois League, and later as the Iroquois Confederacy, and to the English as the Five Nations, comprising the Mohawk, Onondaga, Oneida, Cayuga, and Seneca. After 1722, they accepted the Tuscarora people from the Southeast into their confederacy and became known as the Six Nations.
Handsome Lake
“The Onondagas: These have special interest… this warrior, Zelph, was an Onondaga, as well as a “white” Lamanite, and that the Onondagas (of New York), consequently must be of Lamanite lineage.” J.M. Sjodahl, An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon
“Contrary, then, to widespread assumptions during Joseph Smith’s lifetime that the Onondaga migrated to the New York region, it becomes clear that they originated here as a small, narrowly localized amalgamation of a few villages near Onondaga Lake, during the century before Columbus’ discovery of America” Beauchamp’s Aboriginal Place Names of New York;
“How America Was Discovered is a story told by Handsome Lake (Seneca Prophet), and documented by Arthur C. Parker, about a young minister who meets the one he perceives to be the Lord, who then asks him to go to a new land and bring with him cards, money, a fiddle, whiskey, and blood corruption. In return the young minister will become rich. The young minister sought out Christopher Columbus, and with the help of his crew, traveled to the Americas. They turned back to report what they had seen, which caused an immigration of people from Europe to the Americas. Along with the people came the five things that aided in destroying the natives. The end reveals that the “Lord” in the gold castle was actually the devil, and that even he knew what he had caused was wrong.” Rudes, B. Tuscarora English Dictionary Toronto
The Onondaga at the great white pine tree in Syracuse NY on the shores of Onondaga Lake is where the message of peace was planted and the hatchets were buried. Similarly, the Lamanites , “…buried the weapons of war, for peace.” Alma 24:19 Article here:
When serving as Mission President to the Seminole Indians in Central Florida, Murray J. Rawson was teaching a group of the tribe about the Book of Mormon when he was interrupted by their Chief, saying: “We had a war long ago with a light skinned people around the Great Lakes. We conquered them but we had so much respect for their warrior chief that we buried him at the mouth of the Oswego River that is in New York State. We don’t discuss this very much because it is an embarrassment to us. President Rawson then asked why this is an embarrassment, and the Chief replied, “ Our history is written on metal plates and buried in a hill in New York, but we don’t know which hill!” (Talk given to missionaries in training at the MTC, Provo, Utah 1979, by President Murray J. Rawson). https://bookofmormonevidence.org/cherokee-temple-ordinances-2/
This chart shows which major Native Chiefs were alive during Joseph Smith’s liftime.
Iroquois Treaties
1613 Two Row Wampum or Tawagonshi Agreement (Dutch and French)
1677 Covenant Chain Treaty (English)
1784 The Treaty of Fort Stanwix between the United States and Native Americans. Rome, New York
1788 Phelps & Gorham Purchase with the Iroquois for lands in New York State east of the Genesee River
1794 Treaty of Canandaigua affirming lands rights in New York State east of the Genesee River
1797 Treaty of Big Tree with the Iroquois for lands in New York State west of the Genesee River
The Iroquois have absorbed many other peoples into their tribes as a result of warfare, adoption of captives, and by offering shelter to displaced peoples. Culturally all are considered members of the clans and tribes into which they are adopted by families.
The historic St. Lawrence Iroquoians, Wyandot (Huron), Erie, and Susquehannock, all independent peoples, also spoke Iroquoian languages. In the larger sense of linguistic families, they are often considered Iroquoian peoples because of their similar languages and cultures, all culturally and linguistically descended from the Proto-Iroquoian people and language; however, they were traditionally enemies of the nations in the Iroquois League.[2] In addition, Cherokee is an Iroquoian language. The Cherokee people are believed to have migrated south from the Great Lakes area in ancient times, settling in the backcountry of the Southeast United States, including what is now Tennessee.
This blog will be in two parts below. First I will speak about the Onondaga Nation from an LDS perspective. In other words, I will share with you things about the tribe that would be interesting to most members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. In part two, I will speak mostly from a generic point of view. In other words tell you facts and history about the tribe from a non religious point of view.
“Note: It was in a vision by the “Spirit of the Almighty” that Joseph Smith learned who Zelph was, his role in the great extermination battle at Hill Cumorah, the “last great struggle of the Lamanites and Nephites (Mormon 6:9-15, 8:2-3), how he died and the geography he was associated with, “serving under Onandaga who was known from the Hill Cumorah, or eastern sea to the Rocky mountains. He was killed in battle by the arrow found among his ribs, during the last great struggle of the Lamanites and Nephites.” This information did not come from Joseph Smith’s imagination, it was not his opinion, he said it came from God. J.M. Sjodahl made the following conclusion on the Zelph Mound in his book on Book of Mormon geography The Onondagas: These have special interest… It appears from this, that this warrior, Zelph, was an Onondaga, as well as a “white” Lamanite, and that the Onondagas [of New York], consequently must be of Lamanite lineage. It also appears that at least some of the mounds in the Ohio Valley were erected by the descendants of Lehi” (J.M. Sjodahl, An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon 1927, 266-67).
Author L. Taylor Hansen wrote intriguingly of a site in New York State: “On the authority of some older inhabitants of Onondaga, it is stated that on a ledge of rocks, about a mile south of Jamesville, (Near Syracuse and Oneida Castle)is a place which used to be pointed out by the Indians as a spot where the Great Spirit once came down and sat and gave good advice to the chiefs of Onondagas. That there are the prints of his hands and his feet, left in the rocks, still to be seen. In the former years the Onondagas used annually to offer, at this place, tobacco and pipes, and to burn tobacco and herbs as a sacrifice to the Great Spirit, to conciliate his favor and which was a means of preventing diseases. From the different accounts and Joseph’s own written testimony, we may at least conclude that Zelph was a descendent of Book of Mormon people, and that he died in battle in northern America. His remains were interred atop one of the mounds made by ancient North American people. Joseph attributed some of these mounds to the Nephites. The revelation which Joseph received concerning Zelph was poignant enough to convince Joseph that Zion’s camp had been traveling through Nephite territory, and that the remains they had handled were “proof” of the Book of Mormon’s divine authenticity. The “south countries”, south of Lake Erie, referred to by the Lord in Doctrine and Covenants 75:8, 17, are likely the same as the Nephite “south countries”. (Mormon 6:15; 8:2)
Perhaps the name Zelph is a masculine version of the Hebrew “zalaphah”, meaning “Raging Heat” – a fitting name for a zealous warrior. (Brown – Driver – Briggs – Gesenius Hebrew – Aramaic Lexicon, 2152, pg 273) The name of the great Onandagus (or Onendagus) mentioned by Joseph, sounds very similar to Onondaga, one of the five nations that composed the Haudenosaunee Confederacy. Haudenosaunee means “the people of the long house”. These native peoples of New York are known to have built houses of timber. (Alma 19:17-18; 26:28-29) Another people of the Haudenosaunee are the Oneida, which is strikingly similar to the Book of Mormon place name “Onidah”. (Alma 32:4; 47:5) It is also likely no coincidence that the Lamanite title of deity, “Great Spirit” is a native North American appellation. (Alma 18:4-5)” Book of Mormon Covenant Lands According to the Best Sources By W. Vincent Coon
ANOTHER PROPHET OF THE ONONDAGA THE ONONDAGA, by virtue of their geography, were in every sense the central tribe of the disproportionately powerful Iroquois League or Confederacy who, including the Mohawk and Oneida to the east, and the Cayuga and Seneca to the west, controlled much of present New York State for centuries. Onondaga was not only the capital of these “Five Nations” – the figurative “Great Council House,” but its people held tie-breaking power in confederacy votes, and are called the “firekeepers” of all the Iroquois to the present day. “The Iroquois Confederacy,” explains Dr. James A. Tuck, was originally composed of five nations which were drawn together in a league under the influence of Deganawidah, called the “Law Giver,” and Hiawatha, a reformed cannibal who persuaded the terrible wizard, Atotarho, a chief of the Onondagas, to bring his people into confederation thus completing the “longhouse” which ran from the Mohawk to the Genesee Rivers. In return for joining the Confederacy the Onondaga were made “Keepers of the Wampum,” a position which they continue to enjoy, and Atotarho was made the head chief of the League of the Five Nations, a position also held by an Onondaga sachem since the very beginning of the League. [Tuck, 5] Living so close as I do to the Onondaga Nation Territory (established following the American Revolution), I feel particularly inquisitive about one aspect of a well-documented incident that took place on Tuesday, June 3, 1834 while Joseph Smith and some two hundred followers comprising the bulk of “Zion’s Camp” were traveling incognito through central Illinois on their way to support beleaguered Mormons in western Missouri. The episode was evidently first recorded by my great, great-grandfather’s youngest brother, who wrote the following in his diary . . . Tuesday 3 [June 1834] visited the mounds. A skeleton was dug up . . . Joseph, said his name was Zelph a great warrior under the Prophet Omandagus. An arrow was found in his Ribs— His name was Zelph a warior under the Prophet Omandagus Zelph a white Laman[i]te . . . . . . Said he was a man of God and the curse was taken off or in part he was a white Lamanite /was known from the atlantic to the Rocky Mountains/ . . . [Reuben McBride diary, 3 June 1834, in Godfrey 1989, 34, citing “LDS Church Archives”] “Uncle Reub” was then but thirty years old (for a few more days) and a Mormon of just less than a year. He had been recruited personally in western New York that March by Joseph Smith, with others, as a volunteer “to go up to redeem” as Reuben’s granddaughter would tell it many years later. Her version of the curious excavation should probably be set down here . . . June 2, they crossed the Illinois River and camped on its banks. The following day three of the company visited the mounds. A skeleton was dug up. Joseph said his name was Naphi [sic], a great warrior under the Prophet Omandagus. An arrow was found in his ribs. Suffice it to say this caused his death.
Joseph Smith’s seemingly Latinized adaptation of “Onondaga” recurs with various spellings in most of the accounts. (It reminds me of his Latin-sounding “Egyptus” name for a woman who “first discovered” the land of Egypt in Joseph’s Book of Abraham 1:23; 1835 or later.) “Onondaga” was a name that Joseph would have heard frequently in the Indian lore which B. H. Roberts felt must have influenced Joseph during his early days in Palmyra. For Roberts’ general comments, see MP 371 (Seaver, my pp. 1499-1500). Indeed, in order to reach Palmyra in company with Lucy Mack Smith and his siblings when they emigrated from Vermont, Joseph had to traverse the important township of Onondaga (Spafford, 372), through which the original Genesee and Seneca Turnpikes still run today; I cannot buy groceries or get a haircut without first crossing the pioneer path of young Joseph Smith.
Wilford Woodruff emphasized that Joseph learned about Zelph and “Onandagus” in a vision. “Three persons dug into the mound,” wrote Woodruff in his now-famous journal, & found a body. Elder Milton Holmes took the arrow out of the back bones that killed Zelph & brought it with some of the bones in to the camp. I visited the same mound with Jesse J Smith. Who the other persons were that dug in to the mound & found the body I am undecided. Brother Joseph had a vision respecting the person. He said he was a white Lamanite. The curs[e] was taken from him or at least in part. He was killed in battle with an arrow. The arrow was found among his ribs. One of his thigh bones was broken. This was done by a stone flung from a sling in battle years before his death. His name was Zelph. Some of his bones were brought into the Camp and the thigh bone which was broken was put into my waggon and I carried it to Missouri. Zelph was a large thick set man and a man of God. He was a warrior under the great prophet /Onandagus/ that was known from the hill Camorah /or east sea/ to the Rocky mountains. The above knowledge Joseph received in a vision. [Woodruff 1:10; “Onandagus” and “or east sea” added between the lines]
LINGUISTIC ORIGINS OF “ONONDAGA” No matter how one spells this name, it strikes me as difficult to separate from that of the modern Native Americans representing the remnant of the Iroquois living at the center of New York State, the Onondaga (or, as people would have said in Joseph Smith’s environment, the “Onondagas”). To get some feel for how the Onondaga got their name, I will turn once again (as with Oneida, in MP 88 [Case]) to an undisputed authority: William Martin BEAUCHAMP (1830-1925), archaeologist and historian, “became, among white men, the greatest authority on the history and institutions of the Iroquois. In a sense he was the successor of Lewis Morgan in this field. His interest in the Indians . . . was increased by his friendship with Albert Cusick, an Onondaga in orders in the Episcopal Church. From him he received much valuable information. In 1904 he was himself adopted into the Eel Clan of the Onondaga as Wah-Kat-yu-ten, the “Beautiful Rainbow.” He was the author of many books and papers . . .” Beauchamp was an Episcopal priest, and lived nearly all his ninety-five years in Onondaga County. His father was a local printer who founded the Skaneateles Democrat in 1840, and William learned the love of writing from an early age. Some of his best work, nonetheless, was done after the age of seventy, and he was “one of the first (1897-1902) to discover Eskimo influence and culture in New York State dating from a very early period . . .” (—DAB). Beauchamp’s extensive papers and ethnographic photographs and drawings are preserved at the New York State Library in Albany (71 cubic feet, microfilmed in 1994 as an alternative format, 35 reels). Included in his collection are some seventy-five manuscripts or typescripts of Iroquois legends recorded by Dr. Arthur C. Parker.
The following analysis of “Onondaga,” perhaps the most authoritative summary available, is transcribed in its entirety below from Beauchamp’s Aboriginal Place Names of New York . . . On-on-da´-ga, on the mountain, and thence people of the mountain or great hill. To express people in full Ronon was formerly added. Among themselves the Indians now pronounce i[t] On-on-dah´-ka, but in talking to white people they usually give the long instead of the broad sound to the third vowel. The name was first known to the whites in 1634. The Relation of 1656 says that “Onontae´, or, as other[s] pronounce it, Onontagué, is the principal dwelling of the Onontaeronons.” In the Relation of 1658 is an explicit and correct definition: “The word Onnonta, which signifies a mountain in the Iroquois tongue, has given name to the town called Onnontae´, or, as others call it, Onnontaghé, because it is on a mountain, and the people who dwell there call themselves Onnontaeronnons from this, or Onnontagheronnons.” In his Essay of an Onondaga Grammar Zeisberger uses gachera for on or upon, and gives ononta for a hill, or mountain, and onontachera as upon the hill. The latter meaning he gives to onontacta. Spafford said: “Onondaga is purely an Indian word, signifying a swamp under or at the foot of a hill or mountain.” This is erroneous, but he added: “Onondagahara, a place between the hills. I wish the people of Onondaga Hollow would take a hint from this, and let their village be ‘Onondagahara,’ and that on the hill ‘Onondaga,’ the capital of the county of Onondaga.” In the earlier edition he said: “Onondaga on the authority of Mr [Beauchamp, p. 147 ends] Webster, interpreter to the Oneidas, signifies in the dialect of the Indians, a swamp under, or at the foot of a hill or mountain.” Mr Clark referred to this and made special inquiries about the word. He said: “From the best information we have attained we set it down as the ‘residence of the people of the hills,’ the word swamp having no connection with it.” The successive towns were at first on the hills near Limestone creek, but the name followed the later sites on lower lands. The Oneida and Oswego rivers once had this name, and Onondaga lake and creek retain it. O-nun-da´-ga, on the hills, is Morgan’s name for the creek. [Beauchamp, 147-48. The works by Spafford (Gazetteer of the State of New-York) and Clark, which Beauchamp cites above, can be identified in the Sources Cited list at the end of this Bibliographic Source. Beauchamp’s other references above are to “Relations des Jésuites. Quebec 1858,” “Zeisberger, David. Essay of an Onondaga Grammar. Pa. Mag. of Hist. & Biog. Phila. 1889,” and “Morgan, Lewis H. League of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee, or Iroquois. Rochester 1851.”]
GEOGRAPHIC ORIGINS OF THE ONONDAGA
For centuries, the origins of the Iroquois, of which the Onondaga are the central tribal group or nation, were debated (described in Tuck, 11-18). Early theories contemplated, particularly, migrations into what is now the New York-centered region from points north, or even from the extreme West (suggested ca. 1901), beginning at Puget Sound and settling into agriculture-based villages in the Mississippi Valley. By the mid-twentieth century, however, advanced archaeological investigation and analysis had begun to favor an on-site theory, whereby the Iroquois culture developed from the earlier Owasco and collateral cultures in this very region. In 1971, Professor Tuck summarized the results of a series of Onondaga area excavation projects of 1965-67 designed to answer the question of Onondaga origins. The study included detailed identification of specifically differentiating, local artifact characteristics, along with “non-material” aspects such as the social, dietary and economic Onondaga traits which the artifacts, site locations and related ethnography displayed (Onondaga Iroquois Prehistory; A Study in Settlement Archaeology). A continuity of specific factors from Owasco to Iroquois communities, traced locally over many centuries, allowed Dr. Tuck to state, “beyond the slightest doubt that Onondaga Iroquois culture was, in fact, the result of a long in situ development in central New York.” (Tuck, 204, with extensive technical data and discussion). The Onondaga came together in the narrow area where they were found by the early European settlers, and where they are still centered today – in Onondaga County, New York. Tuck explains that, in the early fifteenth century [A.D.], a symbolic alliance between two communities was probably consummated for reasons of mutual defense. This can be interpreted as the founding of the Onondaga Nation, at least in an informal way. At what point a feeling of common identity or [Tuck, p. 215 ends] assumption of a common name came about cannot be said, but these things must not have been far behind the other developments indicated by the archaeological record. [Tuck, pp. 215-16] “Moreover, we . . . see,” notes Dr. Tuck, that there was nothing very mysterious about the development of Onondaga culture, and presumably all Iroquois culture as well, and that the Onondaga were simply one manifestation of a pattern of cultural development—including agriculture, stockaded villages, warfare, certain ceramic and other technological traits, and even [Tuck, p. 19 ends] tribal confederations—which was becoming widespread over the Northeast at the time of European exploration and colonization and whose roots lie much farther back in time than any migrationary theory will allow. Hence all but an in situ hypothesis of Iroquois origins must be finally set aside. [Tuck, 19, 21 (p. 20 is a diagram of site locations)] Contrary, then, to widespread assumptions during Joseph Smith’s lifetime that the Onondaga migrated to the New York region, it becomes clear that they originated here as a small, narrowly localized amalgamation of a few villages near Onondaga Lake, during the century before Columbus’ discovery of America. Significant among early Onondaga communities was the group whose antiquities around Pompey, New York, were discussed by DeWitt Clinton in MP 101.
Page 400 of Mormon Parallels below
CLINTON, De Witt. A MEMOIR ON THE ANTIQUITIES OF THE WESTERN PARTS OF THE STATE OF NEW-YORK, Read Before the Literary and Philosophical Society of New-York. By De Witt Clinton, President of the said Society. Albany: Printed by E. & E. Hosford, 100, State-Street, 1820. 21½ cm. 16 pp. The principal copy examined bore on page [3] a very old oval embossed stamp of the American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Massachusetts. It lacked the title page, for which another copy was examined. AI 793. NUC and OCLC show three or four different printings of this talk (1818, 1820, 1825) plus reprints in 1916 and 1970, all of which mention the subsequent reading of this paper before the Society. The title of the New York, 1825 edition (reprinting transactions of the Society) provides useful information: A Memoir on the Antiquities of the Western Parts of the State of New-York, Addressed to the Honourable Samuel L. Mitchill, a VicePresident of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New York . . . by Dewitt Clinton . . . Read Before the Society November 13th, 1817 (adapted from OCLC). Dated at the end, “Albany October 7, 1817” (p. 16), this Memoir is interesting not only for its content, but also for its authorship and presentation.
In late 1811, De Witt CLINTON (1769-1828), while serving simultaneously as mayor of New York City and lieutenant governor of New York State, had presented a Discourse at the New York Historical Society (which he had helped to found in 1804) based on his travels in the region later known to Mormons as the old Nephite-Lamanite battlegrounds near Canandaigua and elsewhere; for discussion, see Vogel 1986, 26, 28-29, 63, 111. IMAGE AT RIGHT: Portrait of De Witt Clinton (Barber and Howe, frontispiece; engraved by Daggett, Hinman & Co.). Now newly installed as governor of the state (1817-21; 1825-28), Clinton here offers “A MEMOIR, On the Antiquities of the Western parts of the State of New-York, addressed to the Honourable SAMUEL L. MITCHILL, a Vice President of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New York, Professor of Natural History in the University of the State, &c. &c.” (caption title, p. [3]). It was this same Dr. Mitchill who in 1828 would direct Martin Harris, bearing the transcript of characters from the golden plates of the Book of Mormon, to meet Prof. Charles Anthon. For Mitchill’s letter to Clinton, presuming “. . . that America was the cradle of the human race,” see MP 338 (Priest, American Antiquities). Mitchill was so pleased with the present Memoir, apparently, that Clinton was invited to read it before the Literary and Philosophical Society in person, November 13, 1817. It is a brief but serious presentation of observations made on site by Clinton himself and by other individuals whose discoveries Clinton describes. While most of the text considers remnants of military and burial artifacts, the opening and closing portions emphasize Clinton’s main point, that civilizations more advanced than more recently-known Indians had previously flourished across New York State. In 1986, Dan Vogel presented a scholarly study of Indian Origins and the Book of Mormon, in which it became manifestly clear that Americans of the 1820s were acutely sensitized to this view of earlier, advanced civilizations who once lived upon their land. “In 1816,” wrote Vogel, the Philadelphia Port Folio reported that “it is a very general opinion, prevailing in the western country, that there is ample proof that the country in general was once inhabited by a civilized and agricultural people” who were eventually destroyed by the Indians. “Late in the nineteenth century,” Vogel added, the director of the Smithsonian’s Bureau of Ethnology, J. W. Powell, assessed the popularity of these beliefs which by that time had been superseded. “It is difficult to exaggerate the prevalence of this romantic fallacy, or the force with which the hypothetic ‘lost races’ had taken possession of the imaginations of men,” he wrote. “For more than a century the ghosts of a vanished nation have ambuscaded in the vast solitudes of the continent, and the forest-covered mounds have been usually regarded as the mysterious sepulchers of its kings and nobles.” [Vogel 1986, 64, 65, citing for the two quotes above, respectively, “Of the Aborigines of the Western Country,” pt. 1, Port Folio, fourth series, 1 (June 1816): 458-59; and J. W. Powell, ed., Twelfth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1890-1891 (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1894), xlixlii.]
Mesoamerican Theory
CONTRAST THIS with prominent Book of Mormon defender John L. Sorenson’s disquieting notion that “Joseph Smith could not have known in 1830 from published books or his contemporaries that an ancient civilization had existed anywhere in the Americas. To all settlers of the western New York frontier, an ‘Indian’ was just a savage.” (Sorenson 2002, 262) On the contrary, much if not most of the supposed concrete evidence of advanced Native civilizations came to writers like Dr. Mitchill and Governor Clinton from local New York landowners who came upon deliciously intriguing artifacts and structural remains while plowing their fields, hiking through hills or digging wells. Indeed, we are warned in a note printed on the back of this pamphlet’s title page: “AS the progress of cultivation extinguishes the remains of antiquities mentioned in this memoir, the view of the writer, in publishing it, is to awaken enquiry to a subject of great importance, before the means of investigation are entirely lost.” (p. [2]).
Clinton presents a clear image of American battles of annihilation both before and following the arrival of European colonists. The battles are described as often having culminated in the destruction of previous, superior Native cultures which had taken final refuge in forts at the tops of hills, including the general region of the hill known to Mormons as Cumorah. The following extracts include summary selections from each of Clinton’s relevant examples: HAVING had some opportunities for personal observation and not a few for enquiry, I am induced to believe that the western parts of the United States were, prior to their discovery and occupation by Europeans, inhabited by numerous nations in a settled state and much further advanced in civilization than the present tribes of Indians. Perhaps it is not too much to say that they did not fall far short of the Mexicans and Peruvians when first visited by the Spaniards. [p. 4] The first area which Clinton describes is the township of Pompey (pronounced “POMP-ee,” in Onondaga County, central New York State): A town covering upwards of five hundred acres must have contained a population greatly transcending all our ideas of credibility . . . This town was on elevated ground, . . . and was well calculated for defence. . . . There are three old forts distant about eight miles from each other, and forming a triangle which encloses the town; . . . and they were, in all probability, erected to cover the town and to protect the inhab-[p. 5 ends]itants against the attacks of an enemy. . . . On the line of the north side, the town was probably stormed. There are graves on each side close to the precipice; sometimes five or six persons were thrown promiscuously into the same grave. If the invaders had been repulsed, the inhabitants would have interred the killed in the usual places; but from the circumstance of there being graves near the ravine and in the village, I am induced to believe that the town was taken. [pp. 5-6 (noting “gun barrels, axes, hoes and swords . . . all over these grounds . . .”] THE traditions of the Indians agree in some measure with the French relations. They represent that their [p. 8 ends] forefathers had several bloody battles with the French . . . There is a hill in Pompey, which the Indians will not visit, and which they call Bloody Hill. . . . The old fortifications were erected previous to European intercourse. The Indians are ignorant by whom they were made; and in the wars which took place in this country, it is probable that they were occupied as strong holds by the belligerents; and it is likely that the ruins of European works of a different construction may be found in the same way that Roman and British fortifications are to be seen in the vicinity of each other in Great Britain. It is remarkable that our ancient forts resemble the old British and Danish. [pp. 8-9] The Bloody Hill site (near my home, dated by modern archaeology to ca. 1420 A.D.) has been excavated carefully in modern times, yielding comparatively superior ceramic artifacts. Significantly more Native sites are now recognized in Pompey, beyond the few which Clinton knew or was able to visit. (Tuck, 104-119 et passim, with detailed analysis of relationships between various communities and time periods.) The hills are indeed high for this region, and offer calendar-scene vistas. I feel sorry for poor Ethan Smith, in his seventies, traversing the steep inclines of Pompey Hill and having to bury his wife Bathsheba during the brief period while he was the Congregational pastor here, 1834-35; for background, see MP 392 (Ethan Smith, The Blessing of Abraham Come on the Gentiles . . . ) The selection which follows pertains to an area located at the opposite side of the county . . . IN the town of Camillus, in the same county of Onondaga . . . there are two ancient forts . . . One is on a very high hill, and its area covers about three acres. . . . The ditch was deep and the eastern wall ten feet high. In the centre was a large lime stone of an irregular shape, which could be raised by two men; the bottom was flat and three feet long. It contained, in the opinion of judge Manro, unknown characters plainly figured on the stone to the extent of eighteen inches in length and three inches in breadth. . . . The second fort is almost half a mile distant on lower ground, constructed like the other, and is about half as large. . . . several places in this town, on high ground . . . [displayed soil erosion characteristics typical of] very ancient settlements . . . [p. 10 ends] . . . Judge Manro found, in digging the cellar of his house, several pieces of brick. In various places, there were large spots of deep black mould, demonstrating the former existence of buildings and erections of different kinds; and judge Manro, seeing the appearance of a well, viz a hole ten feet deep . . . [containing] a great quantity of human bones which pulverized on exposure to the air. This is strong 404 evidence of the destruction of an antient settlement. The disposal of the dead was unquestionably made by an invading enemy. I ALSO observed on Boughton’s hill [present-day Victor, New York, about ten miles southwest of the Hill Cumorah], in Ontario county, where a bloody battle is said to have been fought, black spots of mould at regular intervals and yellow clay between. The most easterly fortification yet discovered in this region, is about eighteen miles east of Manlius square, with the exception of the one in Oxford, Chenango county, hereafter mentioned. . . . To the west [p. 11 ends] there are great numbers. There is a large one in the town of Onondaga, one in Scipio, two near Auburn, three near Canandaigua, and several between Seneca and Cayuga lakes, there being three within a few miles of each other. [pp. 10-12] Clinton describes, with a small diagram, an ancient fort in Oxford, Chenango County on a rise of land with an excavated ditch atop the bank of which had later grown a tall pine tree, since fallen but appearing to have lived hundreds of years, pp. 12-13. “Probably this work was picketed in, but no remains of any wooden work have been discovered.” (p. 13. Oxford lies between Bainbridge and Norwich, New York). IN the town of Ridgeway, in Genesee county, there have been discovered several ancient fortifications and burying places. About six miles from the Ridge road, and south of the great slope or mountain ridge, an old burying ground has been discovered within two or three months, in which are deposited bones of an unusual length and size. Over this ground lay the trunk of a chestnut [sic] tree, apparently four feet through at the stump; the top and limbs of this tree had entirely mouldered away by age. The bones lay across each other in a promiscuous [i.e., random] manner; from which circumstance, and the appearance of a fort in the neighborhood, it is supposed that they were deposited there by their conquerors; and from the fort being situated in a swamp, it is believed it was the last resort of the vanquished, and probably the swamp was under water at the time. [p. 14] “ON the south side of lake Erie, there is a series of old fortifications, running from the Cattaraugus creek to the Pennsylvania line, a distance of fifty miles; some are two, three, and four miles apart, and some within half a mile. Some contain five acres. The walls or breastworks, of earth; . . . ,” p. 14. Clinton then concludes in broader terms, as he first began this pamphlet
A long time ago when the Creator placed us upon Mother Earth, each family was asked to to go out of the village and tell about the animal they have witnessed. When they reported what they saw, that became the “clan” of your family.
The women who are our life givers were given the important responsibility of carrying on the clans and the citizenship of the Haudenosaunee. At Onondaga, there are nine “clans” which are; wolf, turtle, beaver, snipe, heron, deer, eel, bear, and hawk.
Only an Onondaga woman can provide Onondaga children. Only an Onondaga woman of the turtle clan can provide Onondaga turtle clan children, etc. Therefore, children are very proud of their clans as it automatically gives them a link to their female ancestors back to the beginning of our people.
The clan system lives throughout the Haudenosaunee. People of your clan but of different nations are still considered to be part of your family. This is important as when you travel through the different nations of the Haudenosaunee. You know that there are people willing to welcome you to their lands as being part of their family.
The role of clans also plays a part in marriage. When a young person looks to marry, they look to individuals from other clans. Even if you are not of “blood relations”, they are a part of your clan family. Since clan members no longer all live in one longhouse, mothers, grandmothers, and aunts watch to make sure that its a good match.
Our clan system is also important in our way of life. When you are in need of help in tough times such as sickness or death, it is the duty of the members of the other clans to help. The Creator gave us this method of helping each other to make sure that we care one another to make us strong which has helped us survive as a people for countless centuries. We look to our relations in the other clans for help.
Gift from the Creator
Statue of Hiawatha (Longfellow’s Hiawatha) carrying Minnehaha at Minnehaha Park in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Image by Mulad. A plaque at the site says: Hiawatha and Minnehaha by Jacob Fjelde Erected in 1911
Elders remind us that the Creator gave us all a special gift. That this gift is an element that benefits the community. That finding that gift and using that gift makes the Creator happy. People who boast or do not utilize their gift saddens the Creator. Gifts come in all forms from leaders, speakers, hunters, singers, midwives, dancers, runners, lacrosse players, farmers, fishermen, healers, astronomers, crafters, builders, cooks, teachers, comedians, and so on.
Those skills helped the Onondaga community survive in the past when we lived in communal homes as well as present day 21st century Onondaga where people use these skills to work in the Onondaga community as well as the neighboring Syracuse, NY community. Now Onondaga community members work as teachers, doctors, lawyers, teachers, iron workers, engineers, chefs, etc. We are thankful that the Creator has given us so many gifts to share with each other.
The original Reservation of the Onondagas, as defined by a treaty made at Fort Stanwix on September 12, 1788, embraced parts of the towns of La Fayette, Camillus, Geddes, and the city of Syracuse, and all of Onondaga. A second treaty signed November 18, 1793, ceded to the State the most of the town of Onondaga and all north thereof, leaving to the Indians not only their present Reservation and tracts on the east and south, but a narrow strip of land on the west bank of Onondaga Creek extending southward from or nearly from the city limits. This strip was divided near the center by Webster’s mile square, lying immediately southwest of Onondaga Hollow, and was purchased by the State by treaty dated July 28, 1795. On February 25, 1817, the Reservation was again reduced, the State purchasing twenty-seven lots, or about 4,000 acres, on the east side thereof, now included in the towns of La Fayette and Onondaga. At the same time Webster’s 300 acres, lying within and just west of the center of the north edge of the present Reservation, and now owned by white settlers, were confirmed to Ephraim Webster and his heirs. The fourth and last reduction was made February 11, 1822, when the Indians sold to the State 800 acres of their land from the south end of the Reservation and now in the town of La Fayette, leaving their once extensive possessions with an area of 6,100 acres. These various treaties are fully mentioned in pages 172-179.
Wampum Belt
On February 28, 1829, a treaty made at Albany provided for the payment of all annuities at Onondaga, part having hitherto been paid at Canandaigua. The Onondagas now receive from the State of New York money and goods to the value of $2,430 annually Probably more than this sum, or its equivalent, is every year distributed among the dusky inhabitants of the Reservation, where each of the Six Nations of the Iroquois League is represented.
The origin of the Onondagas as well as that of the Iroquois is enveloped in tradition. According to David Cusick (2) a legend which was current among all the tribes ran thus:
The holder of the Heavens took the Indians out of a hill near Oswego Falls, and led them to and down the Mohawk and Hudson Rivers to the sea. There they became scattered; but their great leader brought six families back to the junction of the Hudson and Mohawk, and then proceeding westerly He planted the Five Nations, the Mohawks, Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas and Senecas, by leaving a family at the location of each, giving them names, and slightly changing the language of each. With the sixth family He proceeded on between mid-day and sun-set, to the Mississippi River, which part of them crossed upon a grape vine, but the vine breaking those on this side traveled easterly to the neighborhood of the ocean, and settled upon the Neuse River, in North Carolina. This last was the Tuscarora tribe.\
Continuing the same author says:
About one hundred winters since the people left the mountains,–the five families were increased and made some villages in the country. The Holder of the Heavens was absent from the country, which was destitute of the visits of the Governor of the Universe. The reason produced the occasion that they were invaded by the monsters called Ko-nea-rau-neh-neh (Flying heads), which devoured several people of the country. The Flying Heads made invasions in the night; but the people were attentive to escape by leaving their huts and concealing themselves in other huts prepared for the purpose. An instance:–There was an old woman who resided at Onondaga; she was left alone in the hut at evening, while others deserted. She was setting near the fire parching some acorns when the monstrous Head made its appearance at the door; while viewing the woman it was amazed that she eat the coals of fire, by which the monsters were put to flight, and ever since the heads disappeared and were supposed concealed in the earth. After a short time the people were invaded by the monster of the deep; the Lake Serpent traverses the country, which interrupted their intercourse. The five families were compelled to make fortifications throughout their respective towns, in order to secure themselves from the devouring monsters.
Cusick mythically narrates other interesting stores of the Stonish Giants, who invaded the Onondaga fort, devouring the people in every town; of Atotarho, the hostile chief, who resided there, his head and body ornamented with black snakes, his dishes and spoons made of enemies’ skulls; of the tree of peace reaching to the clouds of Heaven, which was planted at Onondaga, and under which the council fire was kindled and the chiefs deliberated and smoked the pipe of peace, all of which gave the Onondagas supremacy as the center of government; of the invasion of their fort by a great mosquito, which was pursued and killed by the Holder of the Heavens near the salt lake Onondaga (3), the blood becoming small mosquitoes; of the founding of witchcraft by the Nanticokes and the burning of fifty witches near the Onondaga fort. At a period of perhaps 300 years before Columbus discovered America Cusick credits the Onondagas with 4,000 warriors.
Another theory, one upon which more reliance can be placed, is that the Iroquois, as a family, developed in Canada, having with the Hurons their center of population at or near Niagara River, whence the various tribes migrated east and west, and settled. But this migration left the Onondagas in Jefferson county, N.Y., and early tradition points to the southwest corner of that territory as the probable place of their origin. They evidently came south, however, about the year 1600, for in 1615 Champlain attacked their fort in Fenner, Madison county (see p. 42). during the remainder of the seventeenth century they had their villages in the town of Pompey, or adjacent territory, and at a point about one mile south of Jamesville, on lot 3, La Fayette, they burned their fort when the French came against them in 1696. This is the town described by Wentworth Greenhalgh in 1677, as follows:
The Onondagoes have but one town, but it is very large; consisting of about 140 houses not fenced; it is situate upon a hill that is very large, the bank on each side extending itself at least two miles, cleared land, whereon the corn is planted. They have likewise a small village about two miles beyond that, consisting of about 24 houses. They lye to the southward of the west, about 36 miles from the Oneydas. They plant abundance of corn which they sell to the Oneydas. The Onondagoes are said to be about 350 fighting men. They lye about 15 miles from Teshiroque (Oneida Lake).
Soon after the destruction of their town, or about 1700, the Onondagas located in Onondaga Valley, just southwest of the present village of that name, and there on Webster’s mile square, west of the creek, Sir William Johnson built a fort for them in 1756. It was this Indian village that John Bartram visited and described in 1743, as follows:
The town in its present state, is about 2 or 3 miles long, yet the scattered cabins on both sides the water are not above 40 in number; many of them hold two families, but all stand single, and rarely above 4 or 5 near one another; so that the whole town is a strange mixture of cabins, interspersed with great patches of grass, bushes, and shrubs, some of pease, corn, and squashes, limestone bottom composed of fossils and sea shells.
Bartram continues with a description of their council house, which is reprinted on p. 103, and then gives his first night’s experience therein, as follows:
At night, soon after we were laid down to sleep, and our fire almost burnt out, we were entertained by a comical fellow, disguised in as odd a dress as Indian folly could invent; he had on a clumsy vizard of wood colour’d black, with a nose 4 or 5 inches long, a grinning mouth set awry, furnished with long teeth, round the eyes circles of bright brass, surrounded by a larger circle of white paint, from his forehead hung long tresses of buffaloes hair, and from the catch part of his head ropes made of the plated husks of Indian corn; I cannot recollect the whole of his dress, but that it was equally uncouth: he carried in one hand a long staff, in the other a calabash with small stones in it, for a rattle, and this he rubbed up and down his staff; he would sometimes hold up his head and made a hideous noise like the braying of an ass; he came in at the further end, and made this noise at first, whether it was because he would not surprise us too suddenly I can’t say; I ask’d Conrad Weiser, who as well as myself lay next the alley, what noise that was? and Shickalamy, the Indian chief, our companion, who I supposed, thought me somewhat scared, called out, lye still John. I never heard him speak so much English before. The jackpudding presently came up to us, and an Indian boy came with him and kindled our fire, that we might see his glittering eyes and antick postures as he hobbled round the fire, sometimes he would turn the Buffaloes hair on one side that we might take the better view of his ill-favored phyz, when he had tired himself, which was sometime after he had well tired us, the boy that attended him struck 2 or 3 smart blows on the floor, at which the hobgoblin seemed surprised and on repeating them he jumped fairly out of doors and disappeared. I suppose this was to divert us and get some tobacco for himself, for as he danced about he would hold out his hand to any he came by to receive his gratification which as often as any one gave him he would return an awkward compliment. By this I found it no new diversion to any one but myself. In my whim I saw a vizard of this kind hang by the side of one of their cabins in another town. After this farce we endeavoured to compose ourselves to sleep but towards morning was again disturbed by a drunken Squaw coming into the cabin frequently complimenting us and singing.
In April, 1779, Colonel Van Schaick, in command of 150 men, invaded the Onondaga country, burned this village and council house, and drove the Indians from the vicinity; but only temporarily. Soon afterward they moved a little farther south and settled in the picturesque valley of their present Reservation, where they have lived in peace and security for upwards of one hundred years. Here they built a council house, the successor of which, rebuilt about 1875, is familiar to many visitors to that interesting settlement. Just west of it is a small council house which formerly stood across the road, north of the long structure, on or near the spot where now rests the remains of Ka-ny-tie-you, one of the founders of the Pagan religion.
This Reservation, topographically, is one of the most picturesque sections of the county. Broken into lofty hills and fertile valleys it abounds in varying and attractive scenery, and presents to the scientist and farmer a variety of interesting characteristics. More than 1,000 acres are stony and mountainous, and afford little of value except a poor grade of pasturage, but nearly all the remainder is either well adapted to agricultural purposes or covered with good and sufficient timber for fencing, fuel, etc. Unfailing springs of pure water abound, especially on the hills. The bottom lands are very fertile, and are quite generally cut up into small farms, most of which are cultivated by the Indians. Corn, potatoes, vegetables, and small quantities of grain are raised, while both small and large fruit, particularly strawberries, are produced with profit. The majority of the farms, however, produce but little more than is needed for home consumption. It is only within the last quarter-century that the Indians have noticeably thrown off the stoical habits and customs of their forefathers and adopted, though even in a rude manner, the elevating methods of modern civilization. A number of their ancient traditions, observances, and tribal associations are still quite as strong and active as in the happy hunting days of old, but the examples and efforts of the whites, combined with the progressive influence of a few local enthusiasts, are slowly but surely introducing a new spirit of competition in agriculture.
The Onondaga Creek flows northerly and northeasterly through the principal valley of the Reservation, and receives in its course four tributaries. These streams afford excellent drainage. The main road, running along the east side of the valley from Syracuse, enters the northeast corner of the Reservation at Onondaga Castle post-office, sometimes called the “entrance gate,” and runs thence southwesterly through the tract to Cardiff, with a thoroughfare branching off above the council house to South Onondaga. Near this principal highway, on land of Solomon George, stands the somewhat celebrated six-bodied elm. The north entrance to the Reservation is about five miles south of the southern limits of Syracuse.
The Onondagas have always held the proud distinction of the principal tribe of the Iroquois confederacy. In 1810 they numbered on this territory about 200 souls. At that period every or nearly every tribe of the League was represented among the inhabitants, and this condition exists at the present time. According to Spafford’s Gazetteer of 1824 the present village, in which the council house is located, known as Onondaga Castle, contained “about fifty Indian houses on a street near a mile in length, and about 150 souls–fifty less than ten years ago. Their houses are built of hewn logs, the spaces filled with masoned mortar-work, and are comfortable enough–quite comfortable enough for Indians, though they would not do for our Christian missionaries at the Sandwich Islands, in South Africa, and the Lord knows where!” The total strength of the Onondagas at that time was about 500, of which some 350 lived at Buffalo Creek, Allegany, and Upper Canada; in 1835 the tribe on this Reservation had dwindled to about 100 souls. In 1860 there were on the Reservation fifteen frame houses, twelve frame barns, eighteen horse teams, and one yoke of oxen. Very few of the Indians talked in English, and many of them dressed after the fashion of their face–the women in short skirts, with beaded leggings, short over-dresses of various colors, silver earrings, and brooches and other ornaments around their neck. The population numbered about 350, of which thirty-eight were Christians. A school house in very poor condition and poorly kept stood just south of the present M. E. parsonage. The chiefs were strongly opposed to the children attending it, and were equally strong in their opposite to Christianity, which accounts for the large number of Pagans. At this time the influences of civilization were beginning to be felt.
The Reservation now (1896) contains seventy frame houses, twenty-six frame barns, twenty-six horse teams, eleven single horses, seven yoke of oxen, from three to five grocery stores, one blacksmith, two shoemakers, several carpenters, two ministers, and about 495 inhabitants, more than one-half of whom are Christians. Paganism is rapidly passing away under the influences of the excellent State school and the three churches. The chiefs, although mostly Pagans themselves, take great interest in the education of the children and aid as far as consistent with their office in advancing the cause of Christianity. The English language is used almost entirely, the younger element using it exclusively.
From the arrival of Father Le Moyne in 1654 to the present time (1896) the Onondagas have been visited by zealous and conscientious missionaries, whose early efforts to Christianize these dusky natives are fully detailed in preceding chapters. But the Indians held tenaciously to their Pagan doctrines until the latter part of the eighteenth century. During the early years of this century Bishop Hobart exerted a powerful influence among both the Oneidas and Onondagas, administering confirmation to more than 500, while over 1,000 were baptized by ministers of the church. Rev. Eleazer Williams was one of the early missionaries here, visiting the Reservation first in 1816, when he was hurried to the council house that the Indians might “hear the words of Him who dwells in the heavens.” At this time they were mainly Pagans, earnest disciples of the peace Prophet, but had learned a little about Christianity from Rev. Samuel Kirkland. “Father” Ezekiel G. Gear, of Onondaga Hill, was also an active and useful missionary, beginning about 1817, and once, on a raised platform at their village, he baptized several Indians and publicly received some others who had renounced Romanism. Among the converts from Paganism was Abram La Forte, who was long a faithful communicant, but ambition and isolation proved too much for his principles, and he relapsed. After many years of Pagan leadership he finally reverted to Christianity, and died at the Castle in October, 1848, aged fifty-four. He was well educated, finishing at Geneva Academy, and first taught a school on the Reservation with considerable success for about three years. Later he became the acknowledged leader of the Pagan party, opposed the Christian religion and schools, and bore a conspicuous part in councils and as master at sacrificial rites. Known as De-hat-ka-tons, he was a son of Captain La Forte, or Ho-ha-hoa qua, a noted Onondaga chief who fell at Chippewa in 1814, and was the father of Daniel La Forte, now principal chief, and of Thomas a Wesleyan missionary.
The Episcopal mission among the Onondagas was thus established by Bishop Hobart in 1816, and Revs. Clarke, Williams, and Gear officiated for many years. In 1829 the Methodists appointed exhorters to visit the Reservation, and their missions have been continued ever since with varying success. In September, 1867, Rev. George Morgan Hills (4), of Syracuse, came among the Indians, and with Bishop A. Cleveland Coxe re-established the Episcopal mission and procured a chapel, which was consecrated September 27, 1870. A mission house was also built and a school instituted, and soon afterward Rev. J. P. Foster became the missionary in charge. Their present church, known as the Church of the Good Shepherd, was originally built by the Wesleyans, who re-organized their mission about 1893 and two years later erected an edifice. Their minister is Rev. Thomas La Forte, a brother of Daniel, the principal chief. The Episcopal minister is Albert Cusick, who was ordained as deacon by Bishop Huntington on October 1, 1891. He is known in his tribe as Sa-go-na-qua-ten, “he who makes everybody mad,” and belongs to the Eel clan. He was born in Niagara county in 1848, came to Onondaga county in 1860, and two years later became a warrior chief of the Six Nations. He was subsequently made principal chief, but very soon adopted the teachings of Christianity, and at his baptism and confirmation by Bishop Huntington renounced all his tribal honors. He is a fluent English scholar, the recognized historian of his tribe, and active in promoting education, religion, temperance, and morality among his people.
Half a century ago the Methodists had the only church or chapel on the Reservation. This building was remodeled about 1885 and is still standing. The church is under the Central New York M. E. Conference. The Indians, with few exceptions, have never had the same inherent attachment for church membership which characterizes the whites, but often vacillate between the different societies as personal preferences dictate. On this account one body is first strong and then weak according to its popularity.
The old school building previously mentioned was finally moved across the road and is now the house of Samuel G. Isaacs. The present structure, located also at the Castle, on the west side of the road, was erected by the State about 1887 at a cost of $500. During school months it has a daily attendance of twelve to thirty-five children, according to disposition and the weather.
Drunkenness among Indians is too well known to require more than brief mention here. With the white man came liberal quantities of “fire water,” which performed its work of demoralization and not infrequently destroyed the results of missionary effort. Both warriors and squaws, and even young children, developed an insatiable desire for rum and whisky, and unscrupulous whites generously appeased their thirst. And here allusion may be made to Handsome Lake, or Contatauyou, the Peace Prophet, a Seneca sachem of the Turtle tribe and half-brother of Cornplanter, who was born near Avon about 1735 and died at Onondaga in 1815. About the year 1800, after a dissipated life, he claimed to have had dreams or visions, through which he was commissioned by the Great Spirit to come to the rescue of his people. His first efforts were to eradicate intemperance. With his teachings, which were termed the “New Religion,” he mingled the fancies of his dreams, claiming that he had seen the branching paths which departed spirits trod on leaving the earth. “To a drunkard was given a red-hot liquid to drink, as if he loved it, and as a stream of blaze poured from his mouth he was commanded to sing as when on earth after drinking fire-water.” “A woman who sold fire-water was nothing but bones, for the flesh had been eaten from her hands and arms.” These and other principles upon which his teachings were founded wrought the Handsome Lake and his successor, Sasehawa, a deep place in the confidence of the old Pagan party. Soon after his death the Iroquois Temperance League was formed among the Six Nations, the organization taking place on the Tuscarora Reservation in Niagara county. Since then the League has held annual meetings, made up of representatives and others from various subordinate lodges on the different Reservations. The Onondagas, as a resident nation, were not represented until about 1891, when the Onondaga Temperance Society, which had been organized some two years before, was admitted. This local society meets every two weeks, has about seventy-five members, and under the Iroquois League offers sick, accident, and death beneficiaries. Besides this the Onondagas take considerable interest in Ka-no-sue-nee (Long House) Lodge, No. 777, I. O. G. T., which was organized November 2, 1877, and which has since maintained a flourishing existence. Its oldest charter member in continuous good standing is Albert Cusick, the first marshal and the present lodge deputy. Among other prominent members, past and present, are Rev. Welcome Smith, Elizabeth and Jacob A. Scanandoah, Josiah Jacobs, Christ John Smith, and Elizabeth Thomas. These two organizations have performed noble work in eradicating intemperance and building up morals among the Indians. The combined membership is over 100, and the consumption of whisky, lager, hard cider, and other intoxicating liquors is less by nearly one-half than twenty years ago.
Perhaps the best known organization among the Indians is the Onondaga Indian Band, which was formed in 1862, and which has taken a prominent part in many gatherings throughout Central New York, and especially in Syracuse, including the memorable Centennial celebration in June, 1894. Albert Cusick, the present secretary, has been continuously a member of the band, being for a time its leader. The Onondagas also have a sportsmen’s club, which has materially aided in preserving the game and fish on their Reservation.
Among the leading Indian farmers are Daniel La Forte, Jacob A. and Simon Scanandoah, Jaris Pierce, Orris Farmer, Charles Green, Wilson Johnson, Isaac Powless, Wilson Reuben, Joshua Pierce, Mrs. Avis Hill, Mrs. Elizabeth Thomas, Josiah Jacobs, Elizabeth Scanandoah, John Loft, Mrs. Holly Hill and son Holly, jr., Thomas John, Baptiste and Eddy Thomas, John Green, Abram Printup, Hiram and Joshua Jones, David Jacobs, Sidney Isaacs, Lewis Thomas, Moses Smith, Frank Logan, Augustus Brown, Geo. Venevera, Melissa Peckman, Mrs. Emily Hill, Peter Elm, Lewis Cook, Albert Cusick. Of these Wilson Reuben, Daniel La Forte, and Orris Farmer are among the wealthiest and most prosperous men on the Reservation. The former “inherited” the farm of his “Aunt Cynthia,” who was a shrewd political manager and financier, and who died at the age of ninety years. About 2,525 acres of land on the Reservation are cultivated.
Ownership of land, though not recorded after the manner of the whites, is acquired by verbal bargains accompanied by payment, and such agreements are respected. No papers ever pass between the contracting parties. Many of the farms and other lands are leased to white people for a cash rental or upon shares. This is particularly true of the valuable limestone quarries lying on the east side of the Reservation, a little west of the road to La Fayette, where as many as six derricks have been worked, paying to the nation annually $100 each. Successful agricultural fairs have been held on the Reservation for several years, particularly about 1871.
The Onondagas, in proportion to their population, played a conspicuous part in both the war of 1812 and the war of the Rebellion. In the former 300 of their warriors participated under Ephraim Webster, the pioneer, their interpreter, and Indian agent. The enumeration of 1890 shows that at least sixteen Onondaga Indians served in the Rebellion, viz.: Charles Lyon, Peter Elm, Josiah Jacobs, Jacob Scanandoah, Hewett Jacobs, Samuel G. Isaacs, Henry Powless, Wilson Jacobs, Joseph Green, Thomas John, Martin Powless, Peter Johnson, Alexander Sullivan, William Martin, Eli Farmer, and Moses Jordan. It is quite certain that more than this number entered the service. Some enlisted under assumed names, and hence it is impossible to prepare a complete list.
Every person belonging to the nation has two names, one by which he or she is commonly known, the other representing their Indian nativity. Besides these the chiefs and officers of the tribe have a third, which designates their rank or official position. The names of the Onondaga principal chiefs are Tah-too-ta-hoo (entangled), Ho-ne-sa-ha (the best soil uppermost), De-hat-ka-tons (looking all over ), O-ya-ta-je-wak (bitter in the throat), Ak-we-ke-yat (end of the water), Te-hah-yut-kwa-ye (red on the wing), Ho-no-we-eh-to (he has disappeared), Ga-wen-ne-sen-ton (her voice scattered), Ha-he-ho (spilling now and then), Ho-neo-nea-ne (something was made for him and laid down before him), Sah-de-gwa-se (he is bruised), Sa-ko-ke-he (he may see them), Hoo-sah-ha-ho (wearing a weapon in his belt), Ska-nah-wah-ti (over the water), and Te-ka-ha-hoonk (he looks both ways)–fifteen in all. These principal chiefs have or may have each a warrior chief, whose duty is to obey his superior in all matters of government. A principal chief may call a council, and can order his subordinate to notify all the other chiefs for this purpose. He accedes to his office by election, has a seat in the Grand Council of the Iroquois, and can not be removed. At his death the council fire is extinguished, and business is suspended until after condolement. The ceremony of condolence consists of lamentations, chanting, speech-making, and a feast. “Until the new chief is raised the horns of his predecessor are said to rest on his grave.” The right of inheritance is through the mother; her children can claim only the privileges afforded by the nation to which she belonged.
Marriages in the same clans were formerly but not now forbidden. Burial customs have often changed. Until recently the Onondagas maintained clan burials in rows, and hence a husband and wife were not buried together. Usually some ornaments or trinkets belonging to the deceased are interred with the body, but otherwise the funeral ceremony is much like that of a white person. Formerly a dead feast was given by the women ten days after the burial, a kernel of corn accompanying the invitations, and only one man being invited as speechmaker. Pails of provisions were passed around, one being given to each person present, and a dish was set on the table for the deceased; out of the latter all partook in common.
The Onondagas still pound much of their corn–a soft white variety which they esteem highly–in wooden mortars about two feet high, using a wooden pestle four feet long with a handle in the middle. For bread the meal thus produced is mixed with beans. They are quite ingenious in wood work, and make bows, arrows, snow-snakes, baskets, etc. Their wampum, it is said, was originally made of pieces of wood stained black or white. The invention is ascribed to Hiawatha, who gathered white shells and called down a wampum bird for the purpose. Thomas Webster, the Onondaga keeper of the wampum, gives the tradition thus: ‘There is a tree set in the ground, and it touches the heavens. Under that tree sits this Wampum. It sits on a log. Coals of fire (council fire) is unquenchable, and the Six Nations are at the council fire held by the tribe. Tah-too-ta-hoo, a member of the Bear clan, is the great chief here. He has a descendant in our tribe to-day. His name is Frank Logan. One of the uses of the wampum is for a symbol in the election of officers. The wampum bearer keeps the treaties of the nation.’ Frank Logan belongs to the Eel clan and is a Cherokee descendant. Thomas Webster is of the Snipe clan; he is a consistent, thorough pagan, and interpreter to the Onondagas, who retain the custody of the wampums of the Five Nations. There are eleven of these historic wampums, each fraught with traditional story of persons and events.
Among the Onondagas feasts, sacrifices, and dreams formerly held an important place in their tribal ceremonies, and although a number of these ancient practices are still observed many have passed wholly into oblivion. The Dream feast occurred in January or February and intensified all the follies of the ordinary dream. The False Faces, described by John Bartram, form a sort of secret society and are still a prominent body. Green Lake, west of Jamesville, was the reputed ancient resort for their greatest mysteries. Fairies seldom appeared, but a precipitous bank of bowlder clay in the ravine east of the Castle is regarded as their favorite sliding place. In some of the feasts there is a dance for the Thunders, to whom tobacco is offered in dry season to relieve drouth. He-no, the Thunder, figures in several Iroquois stories. The maple dance, called Heh-tesi-ha-stone-tas (putting in syrup), has ceased, owing to the absence of maple syrup.
The sacrifice of the White Dog in point of time corresponds to and takes the place of the old Dream feast, and even retains some of its features. It is the most important of all the Pagan usages. The white dog is now seldom burned among the Onondagas. It is an ancient custom whereby the sins of the people are supposed to be gathered by the chiefs, who by some vicarious mystery lay them upon the head of a perfectly white dog, without spot or blemish, and organically sound. A single black hair would destroy the efficacy of the victim. The dog is strangled; not a drop of blood is shed; it is then fancifully painted and carried into the council house. In the afternoon the sacrificial ceremonies commence. The accompanying engraving represents the sacrifice which occurred at Onondaga Castle on January 18, 1872, when Captain George was the great chief, arrayed in all the splendor of his office, standing in the foreground.
The feast, when fully carried out, lasts fourteen days, the first three being devoted to religious services and the confession of sins. Then follow three days of gambling, on the last of which the False Faces visit houses and poke in the ashes; on the seventh and eighth days the False Faces come to the council house in a body. These are known as medicine men, and their function at this time is to go through the ceremony of chasing out witches and devils. On the ninth day, called Koon-wah-yah-tun-was (they are burning dog), the white dog, now strangled and painted, is carried out and burned on a pile of fagots. This proceeding is best described by the following extract from a contemporary periodical:
Captain George, who, as head chief of the nation, acted as high priest, entered the council house and proceeded to array himself in a white tunic, the sleeves of which were bound up with white ribbons. He then girded himself with a belt of beads, and placed upon his head an adornment that might excite the admiration of the most fashionable of milliners–it was so light and feathery. Taking his seat in the center of the room, he waited in solemn silence for a long time. At length the solemn moment arrived, and so impressive were the proceedings that the only white men permitted to be present felt themselves compelled to uncover their heads and cease their labors. Rising slowly and majestically, bearing a long white wand in his right hand, Captain George commenced a chant in the Onondaga language; passing slowly around the typical dog from his position at the east he proceeded to the south, west, and north, and then returned to his former position, where he consulted with one of the chiefs. This proceeding was repeated three times; and then, as if he had gathered all the sins of the people, he approached the dog and uttered a pathetic lament. After this the body of the victim, which was laid upon a rough bier, was gently lifted up and borne to the place of sacrifice by the hands of the chiefs of the nation. The high priest then, standing at the east side of the altar of sacrifice, solemnly committed the victim to the flames. The sacrifice was completed; the atonement made.
The sins of the people were expiated, and general joy was manifested by the firing of guns and mutual congratulations. Formerly two white dogs were burned, but now only one is sacrificed. When the full ceremony is carried out the tenth day is given up to dancing by the children, who with adopted persons are named; the eleventh is for the dance for the Four Persons, Ki-yae-ne-ung-qua-ta-ka; on the twelfth are held dances for the Holder of the Heavens, and on the thirteenth occurs the dance for the Thunders. The next morning the men and women take opposite sides in gambling, and if the men win it will be a good season. Between seven and ten days later the False Faces search houses, receive gifts, and dance at the council house.
This feast was formerly attended with ceremonies of the most indecent character, but within recent years it has been shorn of its excessively objectionable features and materially shortened in the period of its observance. Even many of the rites previously mentioned have been dropped. Since the celebration of 1872 but few burnings of the white dog have occurred at the Reservation. The last one, and the only one of the kind in several years, took place on January 18, 1896. New Year’s dances, however, are still continued annually.
The Planting dance, Ne-ya-yent-wha-hunkt, occurs just before planting time in April, and is thought to invoke the aid of the Great Spirit in conferring a favorable spring. Next comes the Strawberry feast or dance, Hoon-tah-yus (putting in strawberries), which procures more berries. The Green Bean dance, Ta-yun-tah-ta-t’kwe-t’ka-hunkt (breaking the bellies), has as its idea the protruding of beans in the pod. Then comes the dance of the Green Corn, T’unt-kwa-hank cha ne-kah-neh-host-ha, with which many white people are familiar. This takes place in September of each year; it is attended by the usual fun and dancing, and more than any other Indian feast of to-day is witnessed by scores of visitors. The last is the dance for the Harvest, T’unt-kwa-hank cha ne-unt-hent-tees-ah-hunk (all is finished), which is celebrated after the crops have been harvested.
The war dance, death dance, and other kindred ceremonies have largely or wholly disappeared, except as they are incorporated with or form a part of the feasts and observances previously mentioned. Witches, too, are no longer known, although as late as 1803 four women were accused of witchcraft; one confessed and repented, and burned her “implements” of incantation; the other three were tomahawked on a hill east of the Castle and buried among the rocks.
Canassatego
Brief mention may be made at this point of the distinguished Onondaga chiefs. Dekanissora, prince of Indian orators and diplomatists, flourished from about 1680 to 1730. He is supposed to have followed Garungula, the Nestor of the Five Nations. One of their contemporaries was Kanahjeagah (Black Kettle). Canassatego figures prominently in the transactions of the League from 1734 to 1783. Oundiaga was the first war chief of the Onondagas during the Revolution, carried mail between Onondaga and Oswego about 1807, and died near Oneida in 1839, aged ninety-one. Kawhicdota was his contemporary, and the father of Ohhenu (Captain Honnos). Contatauyou (Handsome Lake) has been noticed, as has also Ossahinta (Captain Frost), whose portrait appears on page 182. Among the latter’s associates were Ohkaayungk (Onondaga Peter), Kahayent (Captain Joseph), Oghatakak (Captain Joseph, 2d), Dehatkatons (Abram La Forte), and Uthawah (Captain Cold), the latter for many years keeper of the council fire of the Six Nations, at Tonawanda, where he died in the autumn of 1847, when this sacred symbol was restored to its ancient hearth at Onondaga, to the keeping of Dehatkatons.
Ossahinta belonged to the Turtle tribe, and at the time of his death, which occurred at Onondaga Castle on January 24, 1846, at the age of eighty-six, was supposed to be the only person among the Iroquois who perfectly understood their policy of government, the forms of organizing their councils, and the usages of their Pagan rites. The nation conferred upon him the honorary title of war captain. He wielded a powerful influence, was strictly temperate, and enjoyed universal respect and confidence. He was buried in the Indian cemetery at the Castle.
The Onondagas have from time immemorial furnished the “king” (Tahtootahoo) of the Confederacy, who has usually resided on their Reservation. Ossahinta (Captain Frost) held this distinguished office for many years, and was succeeded by Abram La Forte, who was followed by Captain George, who married the latter’s widow.
Captain Samuel George was the last of an illustrious line of chiefs, and held tenaciously to the faith of his fathers, which was Paganism. He served with the Americans in the war of 1812, and on one occasion, without rest or sleep, ran 150 miles to bring an important message to the American army. He was emphatically the leader of his race, enjoying not only their confidences, but also the respect and esteem of the whites. His word was law; his utterances were unquestioned. He was leading war chief (Zi-wynk-to-ko-noe) of the Onondagas from the death of Captain Cold in 1847 until his death; and for more than twenty years he served also as head chief (Ha-no-we-ye-ach-te) of the Six Nations. Under him the tribe made good progress toward civilization. He died at his home about a quarter of a mile from the council house on the evening of September 24, 1873, aged seventy-eight, and was buried with Christian ceremonies on the 26th. After a brief service at the house, conducted by Rev. James M. Clarke, rector of St. James’s church, Syracuse, the coffin was borne to the Church of the Good Shepherd, where it was received by Bishop Huntington and placed upon a bier in the open air. The Bishop, standing on the steps of the little edifice, delivered a most beautiful and appropriate address, Daniel La Forte acting as interpreter. The remains were then uncovered that the assembled people, both Indians and whites, might look for the last time upon the departed chieftain, who was clothed in full warrior costume: across his breast was his wampum belt, and upon his head were his cap and feathers. Thence the body was borne by four young braves to a spot near the council house, where it was lowered to its last resting place.
The present head chief or “king” of the Six Nations is Frank Logan, of the Wolf clan, who was born in 1857. The Onondaga nation is governed by twenty-seven chiefs, all but two of whom belong to the Pagan party. The ruling or principal chiefs, fifteen in number, are chosen by the females of the families represented.
The present chiefs of the Onondagas are Frank Logan, Thomas Webster, John Green, Asa Wheelbarrow, Charles Green, William Hill, John Hill, Peter George, John R. Farmer, James Thomas, George Venevera, William Lyon, Billings Webster, Daniel La Forte, George Crow, Baptist Thomas, Charles Lyon, Andrew Gibson, Wilson Reuben, Jacob Scanandoah, George Lyon, Levi Webster, Hewlett Jacobs, Jacob Bigbear, John Thomas, Enoch Scanandoah, and Abbott Jones. The last two are not Pagans.
Dinah John, familiarly and widely known as “Aunt Dinah,” was long one of the most picturesque figures among the Onondagas. She was eccentric, kind hearted, simple, and frank, and after the age of ninety frequently walked from the Castle to Syracuse and back. When asked as to her church relations she placed her hand upon her head, saying, “I’m ‘Piscopal here;” then placing her hand upon her heart, she added, “I’m Methodist here.” She was born on the Reservation, where she lived all her life, and died there May 26, 1883. Her remains were buried with Christian ceremonies in the little cemetery at the Castle, where her grace is marked by a tombstone, five feet high, upon which is this inscription: ‘Aunt Dinah John, died May 26, 1883, aged 109 years.” This monument was erected by a number of Syracusans and was unveiled July 7 of that year. Many authorities have given her age as 107, and one antiquarian places her birth “early in 1774.” The photograph from which the accompanying plate is made was taken of Philip S. Ryder, of Syracuse, when she was 100 years old.
Hannah, an Indian squaw, who died on the Reservation in 1861 at the age of 120 years, was probably the oldest person whose death occurred in Onondaga county. She was born, it is believed, in 1741, or earlier, and was honored with a notice in Harper’s Weekly for March 23, 1861.
For several years a number of the progressive Indians on the Reservation have strongly favored the idea of citizenship, and themselves have taken the initiative. On May 3, 1882, a constitution was reported, providing for a president or chairman, clerk, treasurer, marshal, three peacemakers or judges, a school trustee, one pathmaster, and two poormasters. A provision respecting the disposition of lands in severalty was declared to be dependent upon a three-fourths vote of the males and a three-fourths vote of the mothers of the nation. This constitution was adopted at a meeting held May 6, when officers were elected as follows: Daniel La Forte, chairman; Jaris Pierce, clerk; Orris Farmer, treasurer; Cornelius Johnson, marshal; Jimerson L. Johnson, Wilson Johnson, and John White, peacemakers; Simon Scanandoah, pathmaster; Joseph Isaacs, school trustee; Baptist Thomas and Wilson Reuben, poormasters. Various other resolutions were adopted at subsequent meetings, such as “putting a stop to Sabbath breaking,” etc. The chiefs apparently did not favor civil government, and from August 3, 1883, to April 26, 1887, no meetings of this description occurred. On the latter date the old rules were substantially revived, but provided for a governing body of twelve councilors. The Christian element controlled this and other gatherings of that year. October 15, 1889, the struggle was renewed, the constitution of 1882 being re-adopted. On the 21st a new constitution was reported and adopted, but this and subsequent acts looking to the enfranchisement of the Onondagas, “The People of the Hills,” promulgated by themselves after the manner of English governments, have fallen to pieces because of their inherent belief in Paganism and ancient tribal relations.
Here amid the beautiful hills and valleys of their fathers we leave this small remnant of a once proud and powerful nation. Here around the council fire of the Confederacy, where their historic career is slowly but surely drawing to an inglorious end, this little band is being borne one by one to the Happy Hunting Grounds of the Great Spirit, where immortalized souls of distinguished ancestors await their coming. No more striking example of supremacy and decline can be found in the annals of the world. Hundreds of years ago, when days were suns and months were moons, the Onondagas, the illustrious People of the Mountain, roamed at will over their vast domain, and numbered their warriors by the thousands. The forests and the beasts thereof, the streams, fish, and game, both great and small, were theirs by right of original occupation. The white man came with his dazzling arts and promises, encroached upon their hospitality, and reduced their lands and privileges piecemeal to insignificant proportions. Wars, famine, and other causes wrought devastation, discouragement, and slow but steady decline, while the onward march of civilization gradually tore down their barriers of superstition and tribal practice until to-day ancient usages and customs exist more in tradition than in fact. Though still the distinguished center of what remains of the Iroquois League the Onondagas retain only a shadow of their former greatness and magnificence. Christianity is overpowering Paganism, and civilizing influences are wiping out those romantic but uncouth attributes which formed the foundation of true Indian life.” Source Here
FOOTNOTES
Chapters III to XVI; inclusive, of the present work, embrace extended accounts of the powerful Iroquois Confederacy, and of the various nations and tribes which made up that organization. In this chapter it is designed merely to preserve in brief the traditions, customs, laws, statistics, and notable events relating purely to the Onondagas and their Reservation from their settlement in the valley of Onondaga to the present time.
2. David Cusick, author of “Sketches of Ancient History of the Six Nations,” was the son of Nicholas Cusick, a Tuscarora, who died near Lewiston, N.Y. in 1840, at the age of about eighty-two. David’s death occurred a few years later. He possessed a fair education and was esteemed a good doctor. His History passed through three editions, dated respectively 1826, 1828, and 1848. His brother James became a Baptist minister and a noted man, published a collection of Indian hymns, and died in Canada. Albert Cusick is a grandson of James.
3. The Great Mosquito, Kah-ye-yah-ta-ne-go-na, was killed, it is claimed, at Centerville, which is still called Kah-yah-tak-ne-t’ke-tah-keh, “where the mosquito lies.”
4. A few days before Christmas, soon after beginning his visits, Rev. Mr. Hills received the following letter, which is self-explanatory: “Rev. George Morgan Hills “I want you come down Christmas Day I want you baptize to little children Philip Jones her son and her girls four he got baptize that day and Another Wilson Reuben her girl and My little girl that be six children he wants you baptize Christmas day . “From Yours Truly “DANIEL LA FORTE “Onondaga Castle.”
More Detailed information about the Iroquois Nation visit our website http://www.worksofjoseph.com/iroquois-nation/
Heartland Research Group headed by Dr. John Lefgren, and Mike and Betty LaFontaine have begun a new dig for artifacts near the proposed location of Zarahemla in the Book of Mormon. (D&C 125). This dig has begun as of June 25, 2025 and will continue until at least the middle of August 2025. The world is welcome.
Heartland Research already has commitments from at least 20 individuals from all over who will be coming to Iowa the assist in finding pottery, arrowheads, and other ancient artifacts. There will be a recognized archaeologist certifying this archaeological dig as well.
In a dig from April 2025 south of this location, Heartland Research found over 30 artifacts. That dig was not a professional dig with certified archaeologists, but that is the focus on the one happening today.
Come and join us as a volunteer as we look in the earth for evidence of the physical reality of the Book of Mormon. Call Mike at 904-635-4476 or Dr. John at 484-548-3350. To donate see their website at phoenicia.rocks.
1799 Land Grant in Montrose Iowa (Zarahemla)
Letter to:
DEPARTMENT CHAIR, Dr. Mike SearcyANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT
Brigham Young University
800 KMBL
Provo, UT 84602-5522
Dr. Searcy,
A new development needs to be brought to your attention. Last week, we reached an agreement with Jim Slater, whose family has owned one of the most significant sites in American history for two generations. Early colonization of North America was heavily influenced by the French and English. An area that would later become Montrose was the first place where a European government recognized the ownership of land in Iowa with the grant of 6,000 acres by the French Governor in 1799, at the opening of the Keokuk Gorge and the Des Moines Rapids on the Upper Mississippi. The land grant was made before President Thomas Jefferson made the Louisiana Purchase from Napoleon in 1803.
Near the head of the Des Moines River Rapids, Iowa. June 25, 2025. John Lefgren PhD begins a dig for Zarahemla.
Native American history and American history are intertwined with the twenty acres of the land grant. Des Moines rapids produced thousands of tons of fish. We are now beginning to dig at a site that has had more artifacts per acre than any other in North America.
We have an agreement where we can open many test pits by digging down to the bedrock of the Keokuk Limestone.
Our search for the lost history of America will begin this week when we set up a 10′ x 20′ canopy. Russian scientists are already involved in our search. We will have a dozen people helping us with the dig. Mormon history is associated with the site. For thousands of wagons leaving Illinois for the Mormon Trail, this site was a dumping ground before crossing the Great American Plain.
We are grateful that we can begin this dig. We invite you and your students to join us as we open up an area that is sure to be rich in history.
Please call me at 484-548-3350 to discuss what we are beginning to do. Here is a link that gives some additional information. phoenicia.rocks
“The Heartland of North America is the only location in the Western Hemisphere where all ten of the essential items necessary to practice the Law of Moses were found anciently including; lambs, oxen, goats, doves, barley, wheat, grapes, and altars made of stacked, unhewn stones.” Amberli Nelson. This blog speaks to the Barley found in Iowa near Montrose at a historical site called Gast Spring site (13LA152) in Louisa County, Iowa.
The harvest of Barley is about three weeks earlier than the wheat harvest. This would give the ancient Nephites a frame of reference of when to expect the wheat to become available. The only “sheaf of the first fruits” of grain that was ripe enough to be harvested, and could be waved before the Lord at the time of the Passover, was barley. The wheat had not yet ripened. The Nephites raised both barley and wheat, essential grains that were required to observe the Law of Moses.
AI Question: What is the most ancient date of little barley in North America
“The earliest known use of little barley (Hordeum pusillum) in North America dates to around 2000 BC. Archaeological evidence from sites in the Eastern Woodlands, particularly in the Ohio River Valley and Midwest (e.g., Illinois, Missouri, and Kentucky), shows that Indigenous groups were gathering and likely cultivating little barley as part of the Eastern Agricultural Complex by this time. For example, seeds of little barley have been found at sites like the Cloudsplitter Rockshelter in Kentucky and the Napoleon Hollow site in Illinois, dated to approximately 2000–1500 BC. These findings indicate its use as a food source alongside other native crops like goosefoot and sumpweed, predating widespread maize cultivation.” Grok AI June 24, 2025
3 Essential Truths about Nephite Observance of the Law of Moses
“First Truth: Not only did the Nephites “strictly” keep the law of Moses (as indicated in 37 verses in the Book of Mormon (see Alma 30:3, Mosiah 13:29-30, Jarom 1:5), but they did so with delight as it was seen by them as both a collection of types of Christ and a means of coming unto Him. Occasionally even the Lamanites were known to “strictly” observe the law (Hel. 13:1). Second: In “observing to keep the commandments of the Lord in all things, according to the Law of Moses” (2 Ne. 5:10), the Nephites would have necessarily observed all the feasts or “holy days” given to Moses by Jehovah. These are recorded in Exodus and Leviticus and are known as “holy convocations” or “rehearsals” and they typify the life and mission of Jesus Christ in profoundly beautiful ways. Third: It was absolutely essential for these Jewish Lehites to be brought to a land that would provide an abundance of all the plants and animals required to keep the Law of Moses, with its concomitant Holy Days or festivals. Based on the latest archeological findings, it can now be irrefutably shown that the Heartland of North America is the only location in the Western Hemisphere where all ten of the essential items were found anciently including; lambs, oxen, goats, doves, barley, wheat, grapes, and altars made of stacked, unhewn stones.These aforementioned items have not been found in the archaeological record of the pre-Columbian peoples of Mesoamerica.” Amberli Nelson B.S. Hebrew/Jewish Symbology Expert
“Barley is a short-season, early maturing crop and is likely the world’s oldest cultivated grain. It is produced in a variety of climates in both irrigated and dry-land production areas. Barley is the one of the largest feed grain crop produced in the United States.” Agricultural Marketing Resource Center https://www.agmrc.org/commodities-products/grains-oilseeds/barley-profile
Little barley (Hordeum pusillum Nutt.) Little barley is an annual grass which produces a starchy grain or seed, much smaller than that of domesticated Old World barley. It often grows wild on waste ground, along roadsides, and in overgrazed pastures in dry, alkaline soil. Today it occurs primarily in northwestern Iowa.
Archaeologically, little barley is commonly found at sites together with seeds of other known cultivated plants including goosefoot, maygrass, and knotweed. Cultivation is inferred not from morphological changes to the seed, but from its abundance and association with these other cultigens at sites across the Midwest and South.
Evidence for the earliest known cultivated little barley in eastern North America comes the Gast Spring site (13LA152) in Louisa County, Iowa, Article here:[Just 40 miles north of Lee County Iowa where the City of Montrose is located]. Little barley seeds were found with domesticated goosefoot seeds and the rind of domesticated squash or gourd in Terminal Archaic and Early Woodland features dating 2,800 to 3,000 years ago. Archaeologists recovered a single specimen of possibly cultivated little barley at the Late Archaic Edgewater Park site (13JH1132) in Johnson County dated 700 years earlier than Gast Spring. Charred seeds from two Early Woodland contexts at 13MC15 in Muscatine County were radiocarbon-dated to 2,500 years ago. Little barely is increasingly abundant in Iowa sites from Middle Woodland times throughout the Late Prehistoric. Storage pits at Wall Ridge, 13ML176, a Late Prehistoric Glenwood site in Mills County, Iowa, produced the first reported instance of little barley on the Central or Northern Plains.
Although it is questionable whether little barley was ever actually domesticated, its cultivation is important in understanding pre-maize agriculture. Because the grains are so small, large plots were needed for an adequate harvest. Thus its presence signals the beginning of more intensive cropping practices among prehistoric people.
Little barley, like maygrass, is a winter annual with seeds ripening in late May and June— offering prehistoric peoples a springtime resource. To process seeds for food, the bract— a papery covering around the grain which has a sharp, hair-like attachment (awn)— was separated from the grain. Like chenopodium, it is assumed that early peoples ate the nutritious starchy seeds of little barley—possibly parched, roasted, and boiled.”
Major References Asch, David L. and William Green 1992 Dunne, Michael T. 1997 Dunne, Michael T. and William Green 1998 Green, William 1990 Green, William and Shelly Gradwell 1995 Schroeder, Marjorie 1995 Whittaker et al. 2007 Zalucha, L. Anthony 1999
From the LDS Bible Dictionary under Barley we read, “A food grain cultivated from the earliest times; in Palestine it is sown from the beginning of November till the beginning of December; the harvest is about three weeks earlier than wheat harvest. Often it was mixed with other, more palatable grains in making flour. See Ex. 9:31; Deut. 8:8; Ruth 1:22; John 6:9–13. Mosiah 7:22Mosiah 9:9Alma 11:7
Mosiah 9:9 “And we began to till the ground, yea, even with all manner of seeds, with seeds of corn, and of wheat, and of barley, and with neas, and with sheum, and with seeds of all manner of fruits; and we did begin to multiply and prosper in the land.”
(Left) Little Barley sign at Fort Ancient Archaeological State Museum, Oregonia, Ohio, which is situated 260 feet above the Little Miami River atop an immense isolated 126 acre plateau having monumental earthworks and embankment walls. (Photo by Rod Meldrum)
(Right): Little barley seeds are edible and were part of the Eastern Agricultural Complex of cultivated plants used in Pre- Columbian times by Native Americans. (Left): Burnt Corn. The Cincinnati Museum Center archaeology team found a ditch at Hahn Site, Newtown, Ohio, to contain refuse from the last occupants—Fort Ancient Culture and an earlier use of the site during the Hopewell horizon. This recently was confirmed by a radiocarbon date—the ditch was probably built by the Hopewell, perhaps around 200-400 A.D., and just before the Late Woodland period (see p. 535 Annotated Edition of the Book of Mormon). Earthwork construction of the site is indicative of Hopewell Geometric construction, circles, henges, squares, ellipses and causeways. Burnt corn was found, suggesting one of the earliest introductions into Hopewell timeline in Ohio. (Photo taken at Firehouse Town Hall, Newtown, OH, courtesy of Wayne N. May)
THE RIPENING OF BARLEY AND THE LAW OF MOSES
When Moses petitioned the Pharaoh to allow the children of Israel to leave Egypt, ten plagues were pronounced upon the Egyptians before the Pharaoh finally relented to let them go. The seventh plague that fell upon Egypt, shortly before the night of Passover, was hail. As related in Exodus 9:29-32, the hail ruined the barley crop because it had already ripened, but the wheat was not destroyed because it had not matured: And Moses said unto him: “As soon as I am gone out of the city, I will spread abroad my hands unto the LORD. And the thunder shall cease, neither shall there be anymore hail that thou mayest know how that the earth is the LORD’s. But as for thee and thy servants, I know that ye will not yet fear the LORD God.”
And the flax and the barley was smitten for the barley was in the ear, and the flax was bolled [was in bloom]. But the wheat and the rie [rye] were not smitten for they were not grown up.” (Emphasis added.) In Leviticus 23:4-14 we read concerning some of the seasonal feasts celebrated in the Law of Moses: “These are the feasts of the LORD, even holy convocations, which ye shall proclaim in their seasons: In the fourteenth day of the first month at even is the LORD’s Passover [early Spring]. And on the fifteenth day of the same month is the Feast of Unleavened Bread unto the LORD. Seven days ye must eat unleavened bread. In the first day ye shall have an holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work therein. But ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto the LORD seven days; in the seventh day is an holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work therein.” And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying: “Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them: “When ye be come into the land which I give unto you, and shall reap the harvest thereof, then ye shall bring a sheaf of the firstfruits of your harvest unto the priest. And he shall wave the sheaf before the LORD, to be accepted for you. On the morrow after the Sabbath the priest shall wave it.” (Emphasis added.)
The only “sheaf of the first fruits” of grain that was ripe enough to be harvested, and could be waved before the Lord at the time of the Passover, was barley (see right) The wheat had not yet ripened. The Nephites raised both barley and wheat, essential grains that were required to observe the Law of Moses. ”In their seasons”: (see p. 300 Annotated Book of Mormon) “And we began to till the ground, yea, even with all manner of seeds: with seeds of corn, and of wheat, and of barley…” Mosiah 9:9- Page 160 Annotated Book of Mormon
(Number 3 Below) THE FEAST OF FIRSTFRUITS took place at the beginning of the spring harvest signifying Israel’s gratitude to and dependence upon the Lord. According to Leviticus 23:9–14, an Israelite would bring a sheaf of the first grain of the harvest (see “The Ripening of Barley and the Law of Moses,” p. 160) to the priest, who would wave it before the Lord as an offering. Deuteronomy 26:1–11 states that, when the Israelites brought the firstfruits of their harvest before the priest, they were to acknowledge that God had delivered them from Egypt and had given them the Promised Land. This festival was also implemented to symbolize Christ’s resurrection as He was the “firstfruits of them that slept.” (1 Corinthians 15:20) Page 169 Annotated Book of Mormon
Please read the information below that Book of Mormon Central (BOMC) provides for saying there was Barley in Mesoamerica. They agree with me that Barley was found in Iowa and in Arizona, but notice their lack of information about Barley in Mesoamerica.
Book of Mormon Central also gives the following link as a reference, but nowhere can I find information about Barley in Mesoamerica. I find Barley in the Heartland of North America. You read, then decide! If you find anything about Barley in Mesoamerica please let me know.
Book of Mormon Central who are huge supporters of the Mesoamerican theory have an article here that they use to try and acknowledge they are neutral on Book of Mormon Geography. They show TWO (2) articles total with favorability towards the Heartland model, yet they have several hundred articles favorable towards Mesoamerica. BOMC claim they are neutral but they are not.
Barley, NO Connection to Mesoamerica in their own words.
“While the connection between Mesoamerica and Barley is not made,
it would seem odd that trade of “principal crops” would take place without the trade of barley. Whether the trade came from Mesoamerica to Arizona, or the other way around, it would make sense that barley was part of the crop trade between the cultures. Why make a trade of major crops and not trade barley? They very well may have. But, because of the moisture content and acidity of the soil in Mesoamerica, it may be difficult to find “little barley” in archaeological digs in Central America.” Tyler Livingston “Barley and the Book of Mormon New Evidence”
Barley originated in Iowa and Illinois not Mesoamerica. Why does Book of Mormon Central strain over this nat? They want nothing mentioned in the Book of Mormon to connect to the Heartland of North America.
Even Book of Mormon Central agrees that North America is where Barley is from. Tyler Livingston says, “Since the discovery among the Hohokam archaeological sites in Arizona in 1983, it has been discovered that little barley (Hordeum pussilum) is native to the Americas. It was first discovered in the “Midwest during the Middle Archaic period, at two locationally-close sites. The earliest record came from the Koster North site in central west Illinois, dating to 7,300 B.P. Hordeum pusillumalso occurred at the Napoleon Hollow site, beginning at 6,800 B.P.”[4]Archaeologists are now finding barley in several sites all over North America. Barley has now been discovered in archaeological sites in the following places: Arkansas,[5]Iowa,[6]Illinois,[7]Missouri,[8]North Carolina,[9]Oklahoma,[10]Wisconsin,[11]and Mexico.[12]” Barley and The Book of Mormon: New Evidence 2010 by Tyler Livingston.
We have spoken a lot about DNA Haplogroup X found in the Great Lakes of North America among the Algonquian and Iroquois nations which matches the Hebrew DNA found in Turkey and Israel. For the past 14 years or more Rod Meldrum has discussed this North American DNA at length.
After many years of study and research I was just made aware of this exciting information on April 17th, 2024 from Betty Red Ant, my wonderful Navajo friend, who had received the link from a heartlander named Thomas Mitchell.
This research was done in 1998 about additional evidence of Haplogroup X among many other Native American Tribes. I asked Rod about this and he said he had already read about it many years ago. I said, “This is HUGE, why haven’t you told me about this before?” He said, “I don’t know” Well I am going to explain how significant this new awareness is about the Hebrew connections between many Native Americans in North America and the ancient Hebrews of the Old World.
The Book of Mormon is an Historical Record.
Rod Meldrum said, “Having a testimony of the gospel of Jesus Christ, and knowing it is true, leaves little doubt that the Book of Mormon is an historical record. Its words are a foundational pillar upon which much of the gospel rests. Its truths are fundamental to our belief in the prophet Joseph Smith and the commencement of the restoration of the gospel. It is not possible that the Book of Mormon could be spiritually true and historically false.
Knowing the book to be spiritually true, its historical account must also be true. Since it is an historical record, then naturally there should be evidences that support it. How are such evidences found? There must be a starting point: a method that begins from a solid foundation of truth upon which to build further understanding that will withstand the tempests and storms of challenge. This DNA section is only one of the many areas of exploration and research that is beginning to unfold the strength of the claims of the Book of Mormon as an historical text.” Rod Meldrum Rediscovering the Book of Mormon Remnant through DNA (Download his complete 180 page book in PDF here)
President Hinckley 2002 Olympics DNA Question
Rod continues, “In Winter of 2002, prior to the 2002 Salt Lake City Winter Olympics, a German television reporter had a chance to interview LDS President Gordon B. Hinckley. Previous to this interview, as DNA research was in its infancy, it was shown by DNA results that the people of South and Central America had Asian DNA, not Hebrew. Because of this many in the world were pointing fingers at the Church for lack of evidence of DNA that was Hebrew in Mesoamerica.
Well off course, if the Book of Mormon happened in Mesoamerica, then there would not be any DNA evidence for Hebrew DNA. But the events of the Book of Mormon did happen in North America and there is evidence that Hebrew DNA is present in the Great Lakes area, that is consistent with DNA found in Israel, Turkey and other parts of west Eurasia.
I quote from this interview by the German reporter:
“German Reporter: Now, Mr. President, one of…one question which is a little bit complicated for me to understand, but I heard it and one colleague asked me to ask it. What will be your position when DNA analysis will show that in the history never have been an immigration from Israel to the north…to north America? It could be that the scientists will find out…
President Hinckley: Well, it hasn’t happened. That hasn’t been determined yet. All I can say is that’s speculated. No one really knows the answer to that, not at this point.”
Well, in 2002 DNA had not been determined yet, as the Prophet said. But shortly later we found and continue to find remarkable evidence of Hebrew DNA in North America. The Lord is sharing this wonderful news.”
We have spoken with some Dine’ (Navajo), who share oral traditions speaking of their Hebrew ancestors or Lamanites migrating from Alabama, and Tennessee west to New Mexico and other parts of the western United States as a distinct probability.
Navajo, Sioux, Yakima Haplogroup X- Wow!
On April 18, 2024 I gave a presentation at our Firm Foundation Conference called, “Jaredites Land in America from the Pacific-Ether 2 Explained.” I spoke about the Jaredites landing near Seattle, Washington. I believe there is strong evidence about this you can view my 60 slides and a complete podcast HERE
As I study and now read about the Navajo, Yakima and Nuu-Chah-Nulth and Sioux tribes of Northwest North America I get excited. Could the Hebrew Haplogroup X be found among the Jaredites as well as from the Lehites?
Remember the Brother of Jared had the lineage of Noah and his three sons, Ham, Shem and Japeth. Those Jaredites who arrived as I surmise in Seattle, WA area, likely came from a large descendancy of Shem (the Priesthood Lineage after the flood), who descended from Peleg, and then Eber (Hebrew), who were the fathers of Abraham in the Old World. Abraham of course was a Hebrew through Eber, as was Joseph of Egypt and Judah through the lineage of Israel. Lehi was a direct descendant of Manasseh through Joseph. This lineage of both the Jaredites and the Lehites would likely be found many places in the Promised Land of North America. The Nephites and Lamanites beginning in Florida, and the Jaredites beginning in Washington State. See Map Above.
I am confident that our father Adam’s original DNA should be found with Noah, Shem, Abraham, and the Tribes of Israel. It would be obvious then, that Hebrew (Eber) blood would have the same markers as the Jaredites Moses, David, and Christ We are just now exploring this information. If this is shown to be true, we could find Haplogroup X in those people from Shem and Eber, and Abraham who may be all over the American Continent, from Alaska, Canada, USA, Mesoamerica, and South America. This is fascinating.
From Seattle WA, I am proposing the main group of Jaredites (Called Shem before the flood and Hebrew found after the flood) could likely travel East along the Columbia, Missouri, Mississippi, and Ohio Rivers, to end up in upstate New York. It seems the Jaredites who also had the blood of Japeth, this group may have gone north into Canada and some may have traveled south into the western USA as well. The Jaredites who a portion were descendants of Ham possibly traveled south from Seattle into Mexico and South America. Remeber the Olmecs of Central America resemble the race of Ham as described in Wikepedia.“The Olmecs (/ˈɒlmɛks, ˈoʊl-/) or Olmec were the earliest known major Mesoamerican civilization, flourishing in the modern-day Mexican states of Veracruz and Tabasco from roughly 1200 to 400 BCE during Mesoamerica’s formative period.”
Both civilizations of the Jaredites and Nephites ended at the exact same place, called Ramah by the Jaredites and Cumorah by the Nephites.(Ether 15:11)This DNA evidence of the Navajo and Sioux, has huge possibilities which I am just now exploring.
We are finding the Lamanites or Haplogroup X blood which scientifically is found in the Great Lakes (and in Israel) can be linked to Haplogroup X also found on the west coast of North America with the Ojibway, Navajo and Yakima, and with Kennewick man from Kennewick Washington. An admixture of all these tribes is intriguing and a totally new focus for us.
As you read the condensed version of the article below, just ponder about this exciting new information that is being shared today as the Lord says, “pouring down knowledge from heaven upon the heads of the Latter-day Saints.” D&C 121:33. This is exciting.
mtDNA Haplogroup X: An Ancient Link between Europe/Western Asia and North America?
“Our analysis confirmed that haplogroup X is present in both modern Native American and European populations. For the Native Americans, this haplogroupencompasses ∼25% of the Ojibwa, 15% of the Sioux, 11%–13% of the Nuu-Chah-Nulth, 7% of the Navajo, and 5% of the Yakima . Thus, with the exception (see below) of the Na-Dene–speaking Navajo, the distribution of this haplogroup among the Native Americans appears to be restricted to northern Amerindian populations… Since haplogroup X appears to be a pre-Columbian, founding Native American mtDNA lineage, the question remains: Where did this haplogroup originate? Thus far, haplogroup X has not been detected in numerous Asian/Siberian populations…
Its presence in the Navajo but not in other Na-Dene populations suggests that, in a manner similar to that characterizing some nuclear-gene markers (Schell and Blumberg 1988), the Navajo have acquired haplogroup X through admixture with northern Amerindian populations. This could have occurred during or after the recent migration (1,000 years ago) that brought the ancestors of the Navajo from the Athapaskan homeland (Alaska and western Canada) to the southwestern United States (Haskell 1987). An Amerindian origin of the Navajo haplogroup X mtDNAs is also supported by the fact that the Navajo sequences are very similar, if not identical, to those observed in some Ojibwa (fig. 1). Also, the homogeneity of the Navajo sequences (table 1 and fig. 1) suggests that the Navajo acquired haplogroup X very recently…
Then it is possible that this mtDNA was brought to Beringia/America by the eastward migration of an ancestral Caucasian population, of which no trace has so far been found in the mtDNA gene pool of modern Siberian/eastern Asian populations… Haplogroup X is remarkable in that it has not been found in Asians, including Siberians, suggesting that it may have come to the Americas via a Eurasian migration. ..”
[Editors Note: National Geographic also has a very good article about West Eurasians (Israel) with the same Haplogroup X DNA as the Native Americans near the Great Lakes HERE!
Just as the Book of Mormon tells the story of two main societies at war, Nephites vs. Lamanites, there are many instances historically of the same thing, as some are called the Iroquois vs. the Algonquian, or the Tallegwi (Iroquois) vs the Leni-Lape (Algonquian), or the Cherokee (Iroquois) vs the Delaware (Algonquian). These tribes seem to have always be at war with each other. Sometimes in history writers have used various names for the same group of people without understanding the differences. It seems possible that these historical tribes could be one in the same with ancient Book of Mormon Nephites and Lamanites.
Elder James E. Talmage had a conversation with Professor William C. Mills the Ohio State Archaeologist in 1917. They both seem to have believed the nature of the ancient people in Ohio, were very similar to the Nephite and Lamanite story of the Book of Mormon.
“I had a long and profitable consultation with Professor Wm. C. Mills, State Archaeologist of Ohio. He is continuing his splendid work of exploration in the Ohio mounds, and I went over with him again the remarkable agreement between his deductions and the Book of Mormon story. He has reached the following conclusions.” James E. Talmage 20 May 1917
“The area now included within the political boundaries defining the State of Ohio was once inhabited by two distinct peoples, representing two cultures, a higher and a lower… These two classes were contemporaries; in other words, the higher and the lower culture represented distinct phases of development existing at one time and in contiguous sections and furnish in no sense an instance of evolution by which the lower culture was developed into the higher… There (are) two peoples or cultures…the lower culture was most commonly the assailing party, while the people of the higher type defended as best they could but in general fled… From a careful collating of data it is demonstrated that the general course of migration through the area now defined as the State of Ohio was inward from the west and outward toward the east.” Professor Wm. C. Mills, State Archaeologist of Ohio
“Cherokee, North American Indians of Iroquoian lineage who constituted one of the largest politically integrated tribes at the time of European colonization of the Americas. Their name is derived from a Creek word meaning “people of different speech”; many prefer to be known as Keetoowah or Tsalagi. They are believed to have numbered some 22,500 individuals in 1650, and they controlled approximately 40,000 square miles (100,000 square km) of the Appalachian Mountains in parts of present-day Georgia, eastern Tennessee, and the western parts of what are now North Carolina and South Carolina.
Traditional Cherokee life and culture greatly resembled that of the Creek and other tribes of the Southeast. The Cherokee nation was composed of a confederacy of symbolically red (war) and white (peace) towns. The chiefs of individual red towns were subordinated to a supreme war chief, while the officials of individual white towns were under the supreme peace chief. The peace towns provided sanctuary for wrongdoers; war ceremonies were conducted in red towns.” Source
Great Spirit Appears to the Onondagas (Iroquois)
“On the authority of some older inhabitants of Onondaga, New York, it is stated that on a ledge of rocks, about a mile south of Jamesville, (Near Syracuse and Oneida Castle) is a place which used to be pointed out by the Indians as a spot where the Great Spirit once came down and sat and gave good advice to the chiefs of Onondagas. That there are the prints of his hands and his feet, left in the rocks, still to be seen. In the former years the Onondagas used annually to offer, at this place, tobacco and pipes, and to burn tobacco and herbs as a sacrifice to the Great Spirit, to conciliate his favor and which was a means of preventing diseases.” Author L. Taylor Hansen He Walked the Americas
The Great Law of Peace
“Centuries before the creation of the United States and its Constitution, democracy had already taken root in North America—among a handful of Indigenous nations. Known as the Iroquois Confederacy, or Haudenosaunee, this league of nations emerged among five northeast woodlands tribes that had been plagued by wars of retribution and violence for many generations. The Haudenosaunee (“people of the longhouse”) originally included the Mohawk, Oneida, Onondaga, Cayuga and Seneca nations. In the 1700s, the Tuscarora became the sixth. Guided by the Great Law of Peace—their own constitution—this league came to jointly govern, while recognizing the sovereignty of each nation. The Great Law of Peace, credited largely to two visionary culture heroes, Hiawatha and Deganawida (a.k.a. “The Peacemaker”), established a model for federalism, separation of powers and participatory democracy that would inspire leaders like Benjamin Franklin and James Madison during the formation of the United States. It also conferred significant power and status to women in Iroquois culture…
The ‘Words of Condolence,’ in Wampum
Hiawatha then gathered shells for the wampum strings and composed the “words of condolence” that would one day be central to the Great Law of Peace. “If I should see anyone in deep grief, I would take these shell strings from the pole and console them,” he said. “These strings would become words that would lift away the darkness with which they are covered.”
These words and others would eventually become the Great Law, codified in wampum shell strings for communication to future generations.
Hiawatha soon encountered members of the Oneida Nation, who had heard of him and of the dream that he would one day meet The Peacemaker. After sitting with them in council for seven days, Hiawatha traveled with their chief until he came to the Mohawks, where he would first encounter Deganawida.” https://www.history.com/news/iroquois-confederacy-hiawatha-peacemaker-great-law-of-peace
Condolence Ceremony
The Cherokee Nation Lands in 1830 Georgia, before the Trail of Tears
“The condolence ceremony or condolence council is a part of the Haudenosaunee Great Law of Peace. It governs succession to political offices after a leader dies. The ceremony is held in the community whose leader has died. Attendees are divided into two moieties: the clear-minded and the downcast or bereaved. The ceremony progresses through several stages, including a recitation of the Great Law. Through the ceremony, new leaders are appointed to replace those who have died. It was typically the first item on the agenda when a Haudenosaunee council met. Among other things, the ceremony recalls the Great Peacemaker’s condolence of Hiawatha and the “transformation” of Tadodaho from a state of confusion and disorder to a state of peace.” https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Condolence_ceremony
Great Law of Peace/Temple Ceremony
Haudenosaunee Ceremony
A great Native American friend of mine, indicated that he/she had not heard of the origin of the condolence ceremony, but “that today it is used by the Haudenosaunee in the official appointment of chief or clan representatives. Parts are also used to welcome guests.” On one occasion, my friend met one of the traditional Haudenosaunee chiefs in his office in Virginia. He informed my friend that were they in his territory, “he would take a piece of eagle down and clean my ears so that I could hear clearly, then he would wipe my forehead with soft doeskin so that I could think clearly and have the ‘Good Mind.’ Then he would use eagle down to clean my eyes so that I could see clearly. He would also use the doeskin to clean my lips and give me a drink of pure spring water to cleanse my mouth so that I would speak the truth. This was the traditional greeting before important meetings.” He then added: “The ‘Good Mind’ is more than just intelligence; it refers to a process of thinking that is highly moral and pure, all in accordance with the Great Law of Peace.” 2010 email from my Native friend.
As you see in this map, the parallels between the Hopewell Culture and the Trail of the Nephites is almost identical.
The symbolism is wonderful and seems to be a very important part of the Iroquois Nation of old, and the sacred Temple of today. It seems to me the Hopewell are the Nephites and the Adena are the Jaredites. It just makes sense.
A Fierce Battle
“At one time a fierce battle was fought near where Buffalo, N.Y., now stands, wherein two million were lying strewn upon the earth, slain in battle and no one to bury them, till the stench drove them southward to the Hill Ramah, which was called Cumorah by the Nephite race.” Reminiscences of Joseph the Prophet, by Edward Stevenson1893
Onidah, could it be the same as Oneida?
Onidah—gathering place for dissatisfied Lamanites. Amalickiah goes to place of Onidah, Alma 47:5.
Alma 47:5 And now he had got the command of those parts of the Lamanites who were in favor of the king; and he sought to gain favor of those who were not obedient; therefore he went forward to the place which was called Onidah, for thither had all the Lamanites fled; for they discovered the army coming, and, supposing that they were coming to destroy them, therefore they fled to Onidah, to the place of arms.
Alma 24:15 Oh, how merciful is our God! And now behold, since it has been as much as we could do to get our stains taken away from us, and our swords are made bright, let us hide them away that they may be kept bright, as a testimony to our God at the last day, or at the day that we shall be brought to stand before him to be judged, that we have not stained our swords in the blood of our brethren since he imparted his word unto us and has made us clean thereby.
16 And now, my brethren, if our brethren seek to destroy us, behold, we will hide away our swords, yea, even we will bury them deep in the earth, that they may be kept bright, as a testimony that we have never used them, at the last day; and if our brethren destroy us, behold, we shall go to our God and shall be saved.
17 And now it came to pass that when the king had made an end of these sayings, and all the people were assembled together, they took their swords, and all the weapons which were used for the shedding of man’s blood, and they did bury them up deep in the earth.
18 And this they did, it being in their view a testimony to God, and also to men, that they never would use weapons again for the shedding of man’s blood; and this they did, vouching and covenanting with God, that rather than shed the blood of their brethren they would give up their own lives; and rather than take away from a brother they would give unto him; and rather than spend their days in idleness they would labor abundantly with their hands.
19 And thus we see that, when these Lamanites were brought to believe and to know the truth, they were firm, and would suffer even unto death rather than commit sin; and thus we see that they buried their weapons of peace, or they buried the weapons of war, for peace.
The Book of Mormon was written for the Lamanites in our day and is a history of their people in the Heartland of North America.
Samuel Smith, brother of church prophet Joseph Smith and the first Mormon missionary, also tried to stir one prospective convert’s interest in the Book of Mormon by introducing it as “a history of the origin of the Indians.” In fact, the Book of Mormon, which rolled from the press of Egbert B. Grandin of Palmyra, New York, in late March 1830, was but one of many books purporting to reveal the true origin and history of the American Indians. Lucy [Mack] Smith, Biographical Sketches of Joseph Smith the Prophet, and His Progenitors for Many Generations (Liverpool, England, 1853), 152.
Parley P. Pratt
The statement below by Parley P. Pratt is a witness of the truth that the Lamanites of the Book of Mormon lived in this United States of America. The oral tradition of the Native Americans was a well preserved art in their culture.
“Once the red men were many; they occupied the country from sea to sea — from the rising to the setting sun; the whole land . . . Thousands of moons ago, when the red men’s forefathers dwelt in peace and possessed this whole land the Great Spirit talked with them, and revealed His law and His will and much knowledge to their wise men and prophets. This they wrote in a Book . . . written on plates of gold and handed down from father to son for many ages and generations. It was then that the people prospered and were strong and mighty; they cultivated the earth, built buildings and cities and abounded in all good things, as the pale faces now do . . . This Book, which contained these things was hid in the earth by Moroni, in a hill called by him Cumorah, which hill is now in the state of New York, near the village of Palmyra, in Ontario county . . . Thus ended our first Indian mission, in which we had preached the Gospel in its fullness and distributed the record of their forefathers among three viz.: the Cattaraugus Indians, near Buffalo, N.Y., the Wyandots, of Ohio and the Delawares, west of Missouri.” Autobiography of Parley P. Pratt, pp. 56-6; Documentary History of the Church Vol 1: Footnotes 183:2-18
PARLEY P. PRATT’S MISSION TO THE LAMANITES (Parley P. Pratt photograph likely by Marsena Cannon or Lewis W. Chaffin (Church History Library, Salt Lake City). Circa 1852)
The Cattaraugus and Wyandots are part of the Iroquois, Six Nations, or Haudenosaunee tribes of people. The Delaware are tribes from the Algonquian speaking nation of Indians. These wonderful Lamanites are the ones that the Lord spoke of in D&C 32:3 where he said, “I myself will go with them [Lamanites] and be in their midst; and I am their advocate with the Father, and nothing shall prevail against them.”
Neolin
“The missionaries visited the Wyandots (Hurons Iroquois), the Delawares (Algonquian), the Catteraugus (Seneca Iroquois), and the Shawnees (Algonquian) during this first Lamanite mission. While we do not know for sure why these groups were chosen for proselyting, author and PhD Lori Taylor has noted that each of these Native nations claimed prophetic traditions. The Hurons spoke of Deganawidah, the Master of Things and the Peacemaker, a Huron prophet who taught the Iroquois Confederacy a new social order of cooperation. The Delawares followed Neolin, a prophet who encouraged his people to reject European ways in favor of the old ways, in order to gain favor with the Great Spirit. Neolin was associated with Pontiac and his war in 1763-1764.
Handsome Lake
The Iroquois believed in Handsome Lake, a prophet who received heavenly visitations in 1799-1800 from four visitors who encouraged him and his people to embrace traditional practices and to observe the ceremonial cycle. He encouraged his people to give up alcohol, witchcraft, and other vices. And lastly, the Shawnees followed Tenskwatawa, brother of the famous Tecumseh, who taught that the Shawnee needed to reject white ways in order to push back white settlement. Tenskwatawa learned from Handsome Lake and taught some things that appears to be influenced by Christianity. Although it is unclear how much the early Mormons knew about these prophets or the Native peoples who claimed them, Taylor’s speculation that the missionaries proselyted the Wyandots, Delawares, Catteraugus, and Shawnees for this reason remains intriguing. Equally fascinating is Taylor’s analysis of a story told by some contemporary Iroquois that JS knew about Handsome Lake’s teachings (who was active in western New York until his death in 1815) and that the Book of Mormon was shaped by Handsome Lake’s ideas.[7] Whether there is any truth to such accounts awaits further investigation by ethnohistorians, but one thing is certain, the Book of Mormon and early white Mormon interpretations of it had more in common with the apocalyptic visions of Neolin, Tenskwatawa, and other Native prophets than with the views of most other white Americans of the nineteenth century.” Early Mormon Lamanism, Forgotten Apocalyptic Visions, and the Indian Prophet By David G. June 14, 2010
Oliver Preaches to the LamanitesD&C 28,30, & 32
“Oliver Cowdery wrote that the Ephraimites and the Lamanites were the “original settlers of this continent,” and that “an ancient prophet caused the plates from which the Book of Mormon was translated to be buried nearly two thousand years ago, in which is now called Ontario County, New York. In this same issue, W. W. Phelps wrote that it was “by that book [the Book of Mormon] I learned that the poor Indians of America were of the remnants of Israel.” Many other times editor Phelps identified the land of America as being the place where at least some Book of Mormon history took place, including the last battles of both the Jaredites and the Nephites.” (See Messenger and Advocate, vol. 2, October 1835, and the letter of W. W. Phelps to Oliver Cowdery in that same issue.) Oliver Cowdery Latter Day Saints’ Messenger and Advocate, July 1835, pp. 158-159
Indian Origins and the Book of Mormon by Dan Vogel
According to various accounts, some of the North American mounds also contained metal plates. Plates constructed by the Indians were usually made of hammered copper or silver and were sometimes etched. . . . In 1775 Indian trader James Adair described two brass plates and five copper plates found with the Tuccabatches Indians of North America. According to Adair, an Indian informant said “he was told by his forefathers that those plates were given to them by the man we call God; that there had been many more of other shapes, . . . some had writing upon them which were buried with particular men.” . . . Perhaps such discoveries of metal plates encouraged the persistent legend of a lost Indian book. The legend, as related by Congregational minister Ethan Smith [in his 1825 book, View of the Hebrews] of Poultney, Vermont, held that the Indians once had “a book which they had for a long time preserved. But having lost the knowledge of reading it, they concluded it would be of no further use to them; and they buried it with an Indian chief”
View of the Hebrews
Later that fall the Wayne Sentinel published another story about the Indian issue, printing a speech by Mordecai M. Noah, a prominent New York Jew who purchased Grand Island in the Niagara River and there dedicated the city of Ararat as a refuge for oppressed Jews around the world. In the dedicatory speech, Noah proclaimed that the Indians were “in all probability the descendants of the lost tribes of Israel.” Noah further remarked that the research of antiquarians showed the Indians to be “the lineal descendants of the Israelites,” and added, “My own researches go far to confirm me in the same belief.” He invited the Indians to join with their brother Jews on the Island. Using similar arguments, the following January the Susquehanna Register, a newspaper published in Pennsylvania not far from where Joseph Smith would later translate most of the Book of Mormon, reprinted the prospectus for a paper arguing that the Indians with few exceptions are “the literal descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.” Source: https://www.onenationonepower.com/forum/general-discussions/truth-indian-origins-and-the-book-of-mormon
Below is a list of some of the great Native American Prophets and the time and place they were born. Joseph Smith had many opportunities to visit with and listen to these great Native Prophets.
IROQUOIS INDIAN CHIEF
BORN
PLACE
DEGANAWIDA-Huron/ Onondaga/Mohawk
12th century
Near Lake Huron, NY
HIAWATHA- Onondaga/Mohawk
12th century
Onandaga, NY
TADODAHO- Onondaga
12th century
Onondaga, NY
JIGONHSASEE- Haudenosaunee
12th century
Cohoes Falls, NY
CANASATEGO- Onondaga
1684-1750
Onondaga, NY
SAYENQUERAGHTA- Seneca
1707-1786
Geneva, NY
GUYASUTA- Seneca
1725-1794
Conawagus, NY
SKENANDOA- Susquehannock/Oneida
1706-1816
Conestoga, PA
CORNPLANTER- Seneca
1732-1836
Canawaugus, NY
HANDSOME LAKE- Seneca
1735-1815
Conawagus, NY
GOVERNOR BLACKSNAKE – Seneca
1737-1860
Romulus, NY
RED JACKET- Seneca
1750-1830
Canoga, NY
JOHN BRANT- Mohawk
1794-1832
Brant, Ontario
JESSE CORNPLANTER- Seneca
1889-1957
Cattaraugus, NY
I believe the Iroquois and more specifically the Onondaga are the Native Americans of Joseph Smith. See my blog here. I believe the great prophet Onondagas as seen in vision by Joseph Smith was a great prophet over Zelph in one of the last battles between the Lamanites and Nephites. Read about Zelph and Onondagus in the Joseph Smith Papers here.
“Contrary, then, to widespread assumptions during Joseph Smith’s lifetime that the Onondaga migrated to the New York region, it becomes clear that they originated here as a small, narrowly localized amalgamation of a few villages near Onondaga Lake, during the century before Columbus’ discovery of America” Beauchamp’s Aboriginal Place Names of New York;
One of the most important non-LDS books which supports the Heartland Book of Mormon geography! Old World Roots of the Cherokee: How DNA, Ancient Alphabets and Religion Explain the Origins of America’s Largest Indian Nation, by Dr. Donald N. Yates provides the most stunning new research validating the Heartland Model. The Cherokee who are part of the Iroquois Nation share DNA and cultural similarities with ancient Jewish populations. This blockbuster book is critical for the true “remnant” of the Book of Mormon.
The Nicene Creed erased the idea of the separate being of Father and Son by defining God the Son as being of ‘one substance with the Father.’ However the Prophet Joseph Smith testified about how incorrect that idea is. Joseph testified, “For we saw him, even on the right hand of God; and we heard the voice bearing record that he is the Only Begotten of the Father.” D&C 76:23
The word anthropomorphism comes from two Greek words, anthropos, meaning “man,” and morphe, meaning “form.” In theological terms, anthropomorphism is making God in some way into the form of man. Mostly, it is the process of assigning human characteristics to God. Human traits and actions such as talking, holding, reaching, feeling, hearing, and the like, all of which are chronicled throughout both the Old and New Testaments, are ascribed to the Creator. We read of God’s actions, emotions, and appearance in human terms, or at least in words we normally accept and associate with humans.
In several places in the Bible, God is described as having the physical attributes of man. He “sets [his] face” against evil (Leviticus 20:6); the Lord will make “His face” to shine on you (Numbers 6:25); He “stretched out his hand” (Exodus 7:5; Isaiah 23:11), and God scattered enemies with His strong arm (Psalm 89:10). He “stoops down to look on the heavens and the earth” (Psalm 113:6). He “keeps his eye” on the land (Deuteronomy 11:12), the “eyes of the Lord” are on the righteous (Psalm 34:15), and the earth is His “footstool” (Isaiah 66:1). Do all these verses mean that God literally has eyes, a face, hands and feet? Not necessarily. God is spirit, not flesh and blood, but because we are not spirit, these anthropomorphisms help us to understand God’s nature and actions.
Human emotions are also ascribed to God: He was “sorry” (Genesis 6:6), “jealous” (Exodus 20:5), “moved to pity” (Judges 2:18), and “grieved” over making Saul Israel’s first king (1 Samuel 15:35). We read that the Lord “changed His mind” (Exodus 32:14), “relented” (2 Samuel 24:16), and will “remember” when He sees a rainbow in the sky (Genesis 9:16). God is “angry with the wicked every day” (Psalm 7:11), and He “burned with anger” against Job’s friends (Job 32:5). Most precious to us is God’s love, in which He predestines us to salvation (Ephesians 1:4-5) and because of which He gave His only Son in order to save the world (John 3:16).
Anthropomorphisms can be helpful in enabling us to at least partially comprehend the incomprehensible, know the unknowable, and fathom the unfathomable. But God is God, and we are not, and all of our human expressions are intrinsically inadequate in explaining fully and properly the divine. But human words, emotions, features, and knowledge are all that our Creator provided us, so these are all that we can understand in this earthly world at this time.
Yet anthropomorphisms can be dangerous if we see them as sufficient to portray God in limited human traits and terms, which could unintentionally serve to diminish in our minds His incomparable and incomprehensible power, love, and mercy. Christians are advised to read God’s Word with the realization that He offers a small glimpse of His glory through the only means we can absorb. As much as anthropomorphisms help us picture our loving God, He reminds us in Isaiah 55:8-9: “For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways,” declares the LORD. “As the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways and my thoughts than your thoughts.”
The Nicene Creed erased the anthropomorphic nature of God
Elder Dallin H. Oaks
“In common with the rest of Christianity, we believe in a Godhead of Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. However, we testify that these three members of the Godhead are three separate and distinct beings. We also testify that God the Father is not just a spirit but is a glorified person with a tangible body, as is his resurrected Son, Jesus Christ. . . . Many Christians reject the idea of a tangible, personal God and a Godhead of three separate beings. They believe that God is a spirit and that the Godhead is only one God. . . .The collision between the speculative world of Greek philosophy and the simple, literal faith and practice of the earliest Christians produced sharp contentions that threatened to widen political divisions in the fragmenting Roman empire. This led Emperor Constantine to convene the first churchwide council in A.D. 325. The action of this council of Nicaea remains the most important single event after the death of the Apostles in formulating the modern Christian concept of deity. The Nicene Creed erased the idea of the separate being of Father and Son by defining God the Son as being of ‘one substance with the Father.’
Other councils followed, and from their decisions and the writings of churchmen and philosophers there came a synthesis of Greek philosophy and Christian doctrine in which the orthodox Christians of that day lost the fulness of truth about the nature of God and the Godhead. The consequences persist in the various creeds of Christianity, which declare a Godhead of only one being and which describe that single being or God as ‘incomprehensible’ and ‘without body, parts, or passions.’ One of the distinguishing features of the doctrine of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints is its rejection of all of these postbiblical creeds. . . . Joseph Smith’s first vision showed that the prevailing concepts of the nature of God and the Godhead were untrue and could not lead their adherents to the destiny God desired for them. . . .We can comprehend the fundamentals he has revealed about himself and the other members of the Godhead. And that knowledge is essential to our understanding of the purpose of mortal life and of our eternal destiny” (Elder Dallin H. Oaks, Ensign, May 1995, 84–86).https://www.ldsscriptureteachings.org/2015/09/the-nicene-creed-erased-the-nature-of-god/
The Polynesian Saints are characterized by a tremendous faith. Why do they have this great faith? It is because these people are of the blood of Israel. They are heirs to the promises of the Book of Mormon. God is now awakening them to their great destiny. As Latter-day Saints we have always believed that the Polynesians are descendants of Lehi and blood relatives of the American Indians, despite the contrary theories of other men.” Peterson, Mark E., General Conference, April 1962.
Depiction of the Maori arriving in their waka
“I would like to say to you brethren and sisters from New Zealand, you are some of Hagoth’s people, and there is no perhaps about it!” Joseph F. Smith As written in Robert E. Parsons, “Hagoth and the Polynesians,”
Pres. Bromley Mission to the Maori’s 1881
I have done previous blogs about the Polynesians and the people of Hagoth. A few years ago my sister Lori Merritt was reading one of my articles and she noticed something familiar. She saw the name W.M. Bromley as a missionary among the Maori’s and she knew our grandfather’s name was Clyde Bromley Nelson. She put two and two together and found out that my sister and I are related to William Bromley as he is our 2nd Great Grandfather. I’m sure many of you have felt a leap of joy when you find something new about one of your ancestors and my heart also leaped a little.
This blog is about the first Maori members and about William Michael Bromley as he served as the first Mission President in New Zealand sent by Pres Joseph F. Smith in 1881. I served a mission in Fiji and Kiribati and because of my great love for the Polynesians this story was even more interesting. I think you will all enjoy it as well.
You will also read of the miracles that happened for the Maori’s as they knew without a doubt that our Church was the only true one as they had visions from their Kings.
1882–84 • New Zealand Missionaries focused their efforts on preaching among the Māori, resulting in hundreds of converts, many of whom saw Latter-day Saint missionaries as the fulfillment of Māori prophecies.Maori Traditions and the Mormon Churchby R. Lanier Britsch
Latter-day Saint missionary work did not begin in New Zealand until 1854, and even then progress was slow. Because of difficult conditions for the Church in Utah, the mission in New Zealand was an on-again, off-again operation until the late 1870s. By that time several branches of the Church had been established among the European part of the population. But little had been done by our missionaries to attract the native people, the Maoris, to the Church.
Most Maoris had been converted to Protestant and Roman Catholic Christianity by the 1850s; but because they believed they had been cheated in land deals by the whites, whom they called pakehas, the Maoris made war on the pakehas. These wars lasted from the late 1850s until the 1870s. When the wars ended, the time seemed to be right to take the restored gospel to this outstanding part of the Polynesian race.
When William Bromley was called as New Zealand mission president in 1881, President Joseph F. Smith told him that the time was right to take the gospel to the Maoris. The first successes among them came in 1883, but once the Maoris and the Mormons got together, Maori converts flocked into the Church.
William Michael Bromley
By the end of 1884 the missionaries had firmly established the restored gospel among the Maori people. The next several years were very satisfying to most of the elders and sister missionaries (several couples were sent to New Zealand beginning in 1885). In August 1885, there were 16 Maori and 4 pakeha branches of the Church, and this number continued to grow steadily for the next 15 years. At the close of 1887, there were 2,573 Latter-day Saints, and by the turn of the century there were nearly four thousand members of the Church in New Zealand. Most of the Maori tribes, including large numbers in the north, around Whangarei and the Bay of Islands, had been introduced to the gospel. In 1901 there were 79 branches. Clearly, since the early years in Hawaii, the Church had not enjoyed so much success with a Polynesian people.
Why did the LDS Church appeal to the Maoris?On the surface the Maoris seem very little different from their Polynesian brothers and sisters elsewhere in the Pacific. But even though Polynesians of all island groups have taken well to the restored gospel, the Maoris appear to have been prepared in special ways for the coming of the Mormon missionaries.
Tohunga’s Blessing
In pre-Christian times the Maoris had a well-developed form of religion. Tohungas, or priests, supervised worship and all else that was involved in this primitive religious system. Sometimes these men took roles similar to the shamans of northeast Asia. They became mediums for the atua, gods, whom they served. In these roles, according to Eric Schwimmer, the tohungas would give oracles, cure diseases, and admonish their people. After the establishment of Christianity, however, some old tohungas continued to carry on their former practices but now claimed to receive their revelations from a different source. In other instances family patriarchs, village elders, and chiefs acted as prophets and were “regarded with feelings of reverence and were credited with possessing supernatural powers.” No fewer than five such men made prophecies concerning the coming to New Zealand of the true church. As a result of such prophetic utterances, a number of Maoris ultimately joined the Church.
Each instance of prophecy is of great interest to Latter-day Saints. Two of these can serve as examples. In 1830, the year the Church was organized, an aged patriarch named Arama Toiroa, who lived in the area of Mahia, gathered his children, grandchildren, and relatives together and gave them some advice. (At that time most of his descendants had joined the Church of England.) His people, who considered him a seer, listened carefully to what he said:
LDS Maori visits
“‘My dear friends, you must leave that church, for it is not the true church of the God of heaven. The church you have joined is from the earth and not from heaven.’
“Upon hearing this his people asked, ‘Where then can we find a church where we can worship the true God?’
“Arama Toiroa answered, ‘There will come to you a true form of worship; it will be brought from the east, even from beyond the heavens. It will be brought across the great ocean and you will hear of it coming to Poneke (Wellington) and afterwards its representatives will come to Te Mahia.
“‘They will then go northward to Waiapu but will return to Te Mahia.
“‘When this “Karakia,” form of worship, is introduced amongst you, you will know it, for one shall stand and raise both hands to heaven.
“‘When you see this sign, enter into that church. Many of you will join the church and afterwards one will go from amongst you the same way that the ministers came even unto the land from afar off.’”
Fifty-four years passed before Arama’s words were fulfilled. In 1884 Elders Alma Greenwood and Ira Hinckley brought the gospel to the Wellington area and then made their way to Hawkes Bay. There they were joined by President William E. Stewart, and together they traversed the path Arama had predicted. It was at Korongata, however, and not at Mahia, that Arama’s descendants first accepted the gospel. Brother Whaanga described the day when the gospel was first preached to Arama’s people:
“In journeying northward they reached … Korongata, where many of us were assembled on the Sabbath day.
“Amongst the people who were there was a grandson of Arama Toiroa whose name was Te Teira Marutu.
“The meeting was conducted by Elder Stewart and his friends. The services were opened with singing and prayer, and a Gospel address was delivered, after which they sang again, and Brother Stewart arose to dismiss with prayer. In doing so he raised both hands and invoked God’s blessing upon the people.
“As soon as the grandson of Arama Toiroa saw this he arose and declared that this was the church of which his forefather prophesied which would surely be firmly established amongst the Maori people.
“He and his wife applied for baptism, and they and their children were thus initiated into the Church by Elder Stewart.”
Matthew Cowley
Subsequently the missionaries returned to Mahia and held meetings with other descendants of Arama Toiroa. After seeing the sign, these people said, “This is indeed the church for us, for did not our revered forefather, Arama Toiroa, prophesy about it?”
Largely as a result of this prophecy, every person in Korongata joined the Church, and a large number of Maoris in Mahia entered the waters of baptism.
In 1845 a second prophet, Toaroa Pakahia, spoke words similar to those of Arama. And again in 1877. Apiata Kuikainga, an ancestor of Stuart Meha who was a faithful leader of the Church in New Zealand for many years, predicted that when the true church came,its ministers would teach salvation for the dead. In 1885, when this doctrine was preached to the Meha family by Elders George S. Taylor and Edward Newby, they all desired baptism. In 1881 Elder John Ferris wrote that Maoris had told him that “more than a year ago the king [Tawhiao] said a white man would come across the sea and preach to them the true gospel, and they affirm that they believe he [Ferris] is the man.” Elder Ferris wrote to the Deseret News in Salt Lake City that three Maori chiefs considered him to be the man spoken of by the king two years before. He had come from “a far country and would give them the good church.” The complete text of King Tawhiao’s prophecy was later quoted in the Improvement Era in 1932:
“Our church is coming from the east—not a church paid with money. Its ministers go two by two; when they pray they raise their hands. They will not come to go among the Pakeha (Europeans) but will dine, live, talk, and sleep with you. The sign will be the writing of the names of males, females and children. … Those churches that have already come are nothing, but when these come that I speak about, do not disturb them—that will be your church! The Latter-day Saints interpreted the “sign of writing names” to be a reference to genealogical work and work for the dead. During 1885–86, 7 branches, having 537 souls, were raised up in the Waikato.
After considerable debate and discussion, the chiefs decided to place the questions—specifically “Which of the churches is the church for the Maori race? Which of them should we join?”—before the most respected and wisest chief among them. This was Potangaroa, who, when asked the questions, answered with one word, “Taihoa,” which means “wait.” He retired to his own home and meditated, fasted, and prayed about the problem for three days. When he returned to the convention, he addressed his people, saying:
“My friends, the church for the Maori people has not yet come among us. You will recognize it when it comes. Its missionaries will travel in pairs. They will come from the rising sun. They will visit with us in our homes. They will learn our language and teach us the gospel in our own tongue. When they pray they will raise their right hands.”
The Pacific Church History Centre at Temple View, Hamilton, New Zealand, is named for Matthew Cowley, a beloved Apostle of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, who served as a missionary and mission president in New Zealand and then as president of the Pacific missions of the Church during his service as a member of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles.
Pres William Bromley
Potangaroa then asked Ranginui Kingi to write his words as he continued to answer the questions which had been put to him. He called the transcription of his words “A covenant for remembering the hidden words which were revealed by the Spirit of Jehovah to Paora Potangaroa.” We again quote from Elder Cowley, who translated the document: “First, this is the day of the fulness (1881).” Brother Cowley points out that later that year the fulness of the gospel was taken to the Maoris. Actually, President Bromley and his colleagues first visited a Maori village, Orakei, on March 6, 1881, ten days before the “covenant” was given to the Maoris at Te Ore Ore. “Second, the year 1882 would be the year of the ‘sealing’ (or the year they would learn the sealing ordinances). Third, the year 1883 will be the year of ‘the honoring’—of ‘great faith’—as it is written: ‘render therefore to all their dues: tribute to whom tribute is due; custom to whom custom; fear to whom fear; honor to whom honor.’ (Rom. 13:7)” In that year the Maoris began to honor the true God by rendering their dues to him and entering The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Members of the Ngatikahungunu tribe, especially, began to enter the Church in large numbers. The Te Ore Ore Branch was organized on December 16, 1883.
The document concludes in these words:
“This covenant is to be remembered by the generations which follow after us. And the fruits of that which is set forth above [in the covenants] are—we are the lost sheep of the House of Israel. [We will learn of] the scepter of Judah; of Shilo; of the king of peace; of the day of judgment; of the kingdom of heaven; of the sacred church with a large wall surrounding; of the increase of the race; of faith, love, peace, patience, judgment, unity. All this plan will be fulfilled by the people of Ngatikahungunu Tribe during the next forty years. “March 16, 1881 Ranginui Kingi”
Elder Cowley identified the “sacred church with a large wall surrounding” with the Salt Lake Temple. He also pointed out that the only Maoris to participate in all the ordinances of the gospel during the next 40 years (until 1921), including the temple rites, were members of the Ngatikahungunu tribe. Later many members of other tribes participated in all blessings of the gospel.
There is no question as to the authenticity of the prophecies of Potangaroa or of the document that Elder Cowley used. Potangaroa was well known in his time. In fact the Anglican hierarchy in New Zealand was aware of his activities as we have described them above, but concluded that he had not accomplished his ends.
Shortly after leaving New Zealand in 1884, Elder Alma Greenwood wrote about Potangaroa’s influence. “Many of the natives were led to investigate the new and somewhat strange religion, which had come in their midst. This, too, was in accordance with some predictions previously made by a Maori prophet: that in 1883, a new religion would come [at this time the restored gospel was unknown among the Maoris of the Wairarapa], and all other religions would be inferior to the new one. The prophecy and its literal fulfillment gave the gospel prestige and influence among that people.”
There were a number of other reasons for the Mormon-Maori connection. The Maori prophets identified some of the characteristics of the Mormon missionaries: In addition to traveling in pairs, eating, sleeping, and visiting with the Maoris in their homes, the elders also learned the Maori language so that they could understand the Maoris and their thinking. The elders willingly endured various privations and discomforts in order to remain among the Maori people. All this touched the Maoris with the sincerity of the new gospel messengers. Some elders sweated beside Maoris building chapels, schools, and halls, and almost all elders traveled through storms from time to time to reach isolated destinations. As Barker states it, “The habitual enthusiasm, friendliness, devotion and sincerity of most of the elders impressed the Maoris. Both Mormons and Maoris placed high premiums on hospitality and friendliness.”
But the foregoing were but surface reasons for the Mormon impact on the Maoris. Ian Barker captures the essence of the Mormon-Maori connection in these words:
“Important features of Mormonism appeared to have deep roots in Maori tradition. Conversion to Mormonism did not involve a sharp break with the past that conversion to Christianity had. To the Maori, the adoption of Mormonism implied a restoration of traditional sacramentals in a modified form. Historical, social, mythological and religious similarities enabled the elders and the Maoris to establish bonds of sympathy and understanding, which in no small part contributed to Mormon successes.”
The whare at Te Ore Ore, where Paora Potongaroa told his people to “taihoa”—wait, because the true messengers of God had not yet come to their village
Mormonism had a familiar ring to the Maoris. It must be remembered that by the time LDS doctrine was introduced to the Maoris, they were but one or two generations removed from their pre-Christian religion. Although most Maoris had given up the past, they still remembered many of their old traditions and practices. Even before Mormonism, the Maoris had turned to millennial faiths and various adjustment cults in an effort, generally a conscious one, to bridge the gap from the past to the present. Mormonism, too, emphasized the coming time of peace which would be ushered in by the Savior. Of great importance to the Maoris, as they discovered Mormonism and used it to make the adjustment to the pakeha world, was that the elders did not reject Maoritanga, Maori cultural traditions, in their entirety. The missionaries, too, believed that the Maoris were being brought again into a fold from which they had strayed, but from which they had not wandered too far.
Before 1865 the typical Maori probably would not have made any connection between the Maori God Io and the Mormon God Jehovah. Before that date Io was a secret deity who was known only to a few high-ranking tohungas. Io was the one god, the creator, omniscient, omnipotent, and uncreated. Although non-Mormon scholars have doubted that the idea of a supreme god in Polynesia antedated Christianity, LDS missionaries and members have always believed and even expected that the Polynesians would have a remnant of the truth as they knew it. It did not surprise the LDS to hear that Io reigned supreme over many other gods who carried out various functions in heaven and on earth. Nor did the concept of the hereafter, wherein the dead were ushered through one of four doors, rather than through the Pearly Gates or into hell, surprise the Mormons. They had always believed that men would be sent to many mansions, some to glory but most to one or another degree of happiness in accordance with their works and disposition. The atua or lower gods were generally identified with elements of nature, but there was a latent belief in anthropomorphism within the Maori religion. While sectarians struggled to remove all vestiges of such belief, the Latter-day Saints not only condoned but strongly affirmed that God the Father and Jesus Christ were immortal men, who looked like men, even though they were gods. All this seemed to make more sense to many Maoris than did the doctrines of mainline Christianity.
A wooden panel carved by Taka Panere in 1969 hangs in the museum. It depicts the story of the Maori Saints, from their ancestors’ migration to New Zealand, through the prophecy of Paora Potangaroa and the arrival of the LDS missionaries, and culminating with a temple.
The Maoris had intense interest in and love for their families. The Mormon concept of eternal families immediately appealed to many Maoris. They had long revered their dead, and when Christianity was brought to them, the Maoris feared for the pagan spirits of their ancestors. But unlike the orthodox missionaries, who could suggest no alternative to eternal burnings, the elders taught a message of hope and salvation.
Not only did the Mormon missionaries teach about salvation for the dead, but they also taught the Maoris the doctrine of eternal increase. The resurrection was to be a literal physical rebirth. Men would be men and women would be women; and husbands and wives, if they had been faithful in living the gospel and keeping the commandments, were promised the blessing of eternally producing offspring similar to whom the eternal parents had created.
Tuati Whaanga and Elder Rulon Craven with a carving representing Hagoth, made for the Kahungunu Marae in Nuhaka, c. 1949
The Maori tohungas had sought and received revelations from God. They considered it their responsibility to be seers and lived so that they could carry out this function. The tohungas also performed healings and exorcised evil spirits. These functions were also performed by village elders and patriarchs after the introduction of Christianity. Continuous revelation, healing, and exorcism were generally discounted by the Protestant and Catholic missionaries as being superstitions from a bygone era, or as parts of the gospel that were no longer in vogue. The Mormon elders, however, taught the necessity of contemporary revelation as well as of all other gifts of the Spirit as taught in the New Testament. A main tenet of the restored gospel was that the priesthood had been given again to man. Maoris accepted this idea, and as has been illustrated several times before (and could be shown by numerous examples even by 1887), many miracles—mostly healings—were performed by the elders.
Some Latter-day Saints suggested even before LDS missionary work was started among them that the Maoris were of the house of Israel. This may be explained by the fact that following the introduction of Christianity, the Maoris soon identified themselves with Judah. Then, as the competition for land became more intense between them and the pakehas, and particularly as the Maoris began to realize that they were coming out on the short end in most transactions, the persecutions of Judah became all the more real to them. When the Mormon elders began teaching about the history of the Church, it became evident that the Mormons, too, were a persecuted people. This helped to establish a bond between Mormons and Maoris—they understood each other.
But there was much more to the idea that the Maoris were of Israel than merely shared persecutions. Far more important was the Mormon belief that the Maoris, like their Polynesian brothers and sisters elsewhere, were literally of Abraham through his posterity who immigrated to the American continent, as is told in the Book of Mormon. Since the days of George Q. Cannon in Hawaii (1851–54), the Church leaders had more and more frequently alluded to the idea that the Polynesians were descendants of Lehi, the early Book Of Mormon prophet. Although the relationship between the Polynesian peoples and the adventurer Hagoth (see Alma 63:5–8) is not clear—he being a Nephite and the Polynesians appearing to be Lamanites—Church leaders have time and time again referred to the Polynesians as children of Lehi.” Maori Traditions and the Mormon Church by R. Lanier Britsch
Editor’s Note and Quotes
“By about 225 B.C. the Nephites had become wicked, so Mosiah1 led a group of righteous Nephites to Zarahemla and merged with the Mulekites. They called themselves Nephites. Mosiah1 became their righteous king. King Benjamin was his son. (See Omni 1:12–23.)” Source
By about the year of 56 BC in North America at the Narrow Neck spoken of in Alma 63:5, the Nephites, and Mulekites had become mixed blood as a people. Nephites were of course from Ephraim (Nephi’s wife) and Manasseh (Lehi and Sariah’s sons) and the Mulekites were from Judah, (Son of Zedikiah).
Mark E. Petersen said, “The Polynesian Saints are characterized by a tremendous faith. Why do they have this great faith? It is because these people are of the blood of Israel. They are heirs to the promises of the Book of Mormon. God is now awakening them to their great destiny. As Latter-day Saints we have always believed that the Polynesians are descendants of Lehi and blood relatives of the American Indians, despite the contrary theories of other men.” “New Evidence for the Book of Mormon,” Improvement Era (June 1962)
“I would like to say to you brethren and sisters from New Zealand, you are some of Hagoth’s people, and there is No Perhaps about it!” He didn’t want any arguments about it. That was definite. So you are of Israel. You have been scattered. Now you are being gathered.” President Spencer W. Kimball in a talk to the Samoan people, as recorded in the “Official Report of the Samoa Area Conference Held in Pago Pago and Apia, Samoa,” February 15, 16, 17, 18, 1976
It might be of interest to you to know that when Elder Spencer W. Kimball set me apart for my mission to New Zealand in 1946, he said: “We bless you with power and the ‘gift of tongues’ to learn the language of the Maoris. . . . We set you apart among the Children of Lehi to do good.” Robert E. Parsons, “Hagoth and the Polynesians,” in The Book of Mormon: Alma, the Testimony of the Word, ed. Monte S. Nyman and Charles D. Tate Jr. (Provo, UT: Religious Studies Center, Brigham Young University, 1992), 249–62
Maori Traditions and the Mormon Church by R. Lanier Britsch continued saying,
“In the Book of Mormon, 2 Nephi 4, father Lehi blessed the offspring of his evil sons Laman and Lemuel and promised them that their posterity would one day have all the blessings promised to Abraham. The Latter-day Saints believe this refers specifically to the blessing of membership in the Lord’s church and of holding the priesthood. Latter-day Saint missionaries believed and taught that the Maoris were chosen sons and daughters of Abraham. The elders expected the Maoris to accept easily the restored gospel and to assume their rightful place as leaders in the Church. There was almost no racial prejudice on the part of the Mormons toward the Maoris.
Although the first Maoris who were offered the priesthood were hesitant to accept it, it was not long before they assumed nearly all of the positions of leadership in the branches. Many Maoris were ordained to positions in the priesthood. In this way, the Mormon church became their own church. They led it, taught the members, blessed their own sick, and guided their own families through personal revelation.
After reading the foregoing, one might ask why the Lord would go to so much trouble for the Maoris. Why were they warned of the coming of the restored Church? Why did they find it so easy to accept the Church when it came? These are not easy questions to answer, and this writer does not wish to speculate. The only explanation I have found that answers these questions with authority is in a letter from the First Presidency, (Joseph F. Smith, Anthon H. Lund, and John Henry Smith), written to the Maori Saints on the occasion of their annual Hui Tau (conference) in 1911. In answer to the specific question as to why the Polynesians seemed to be more blessed and favored of the Lord than the Lamanites on the American continent, they answered:
“The Lord … directed their course away from this continent [America] to their [the Polynesian ancestors’] island homes, that they might not be left to be preyed upon and destroyed by the more wicked part of the House of Israel whose descendants still roam upon this continent in a fallen and degraded state. … This is the secret of the overruling hand of providence which has been over you all from that time until you received the gospel through the preaching of the elders, and until the present time. …
“And we repeat, the reason that few of the islands of the sea have been more highly favored and blessed in the Lord than those of your brethren of this continent is because of the worthiness of your forefathers who were led away and separated from their brethren of this continent, and because of the blessing of the Lord which has attended you, their children, from that time to the present.” https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/new-era/1981/06/maori-traditions-and-the-mormon-church?lang=eng
September 1853 • Australia Missionaries William Cooke and Burr Frost taught Francis and Emma Evans. Although baptized in Australia, they were the first known New Zealanders to join the Church. October 27, 1854 • Auckland, New Zealand Augustus Farnham and William Cooke became the first missionaries to visit New Zealand, accompanied by recent convert Thomas Holder. December 31, 1854 • Karori, New Zealand (near Wellington) Martha Holder of Karori, mother of Thomas Holder, became the first known convert baptized in New Zealand. April 1855 • Karori The Karori Branch became the first branch organized in New Zealand. May 31, 1868 • Kaiapoi, New Zealand (near Christchurch) The Kaiapoi Branch became the first branch organized on the South Island. 1872 • Kaiapoi James Burnett became the first Latter-day Saint missionary to preach to the Māori people in New Zealand. He preached before a gathering of approximately 150 natives, some of whom responded favorably, but language and cultural barriers limited his success at that time. August–October 1878 • Papanui, New Zealand (near Christchurch) With the arrival of Thomas A. Shreeve, continuous missionary activity began with progress among Europeans. Working alone, Shreeve baptized more than 20 during his first three months in the Christchurch area. December 26, 1879 • Papanui Thomas A. Shreeve organized the first Relief Society in New Zealand for the Christchurch Branch, with Ann James as president. March 16, 1881 • Te Ore Ore, New Zealand (near Masterton) At a gathering of the Ngāti Kahungunu tribe, a Māori prophet named Pāora Te Potangaroa predicted a church would one day come from the east and that its missionaries would learn the Māori language and pray with their hands raised. Similar prophecies had been made by other Māori holy men. October 18, 1881 • Auckland Ngataki from Ngaruawahia became the first Māori baptized in New Zealand. February 25, 1883 • Waotu, New Zealand The first Māori branch was organized, with Hare Te Katera as president. 1889 • New Zealand The Book of Mormon was published in Māori. January 1, 1898 • Australia and New Zealand The Australasian Mission was discontinued and replaced by the Australian Mission and the New Zealand Mission. Church members in New Zealand numbered 4,000, 90 percent of whom were Māori.
Ngāti Kahungunu is the third largest tribal group in New Zealand. Although it is generally referred to as an iwi (tribe), like a number of other iwi it is perhaps more correct to consider Ngāti Kahungunu a grouping of tribes and hapū (sub tribes), all of whom are descendants of Kahungunu.
The three main tribal divisions are:
Ngāti Kahungunu ki Wairoa (traditional northern boundary the Wharerata Ranges south of Poverty Bay)
Ngāti Kahungunu ki Heretaunga (traditional eastern boundary Hawke Bay)
Ngāti Kahungunu ki Wairarapa (traditional southern boundary the Remutaka Ranges in southern Wairarapa). Source:
Handsome and hard-working, the influential leader Kahungunu supervised building, irrigation, carving and canoe-making. During his life he married nine women, and his courtship of the beautiful Rongomaiwahine at Māhia Peninsula is legendary. Kahungunu’s many descendants – the people of Ngāti Kahungunu – also formed strategic marriages, creating a network of alliances from Gisborne to the Wairarapa.” https://www.kahungunu.iwi.nz/more-history
Gazelem: Joseph Smith, A Title, A Nephite Prophet, A Stone?
“And the Lord said: I will prepare unto my servant Gazelem, a stone, which shall shine forth in darkness unto light, that I may discover unto my people who serve me, that I may discover unto them the works of their brethren, yea, their secret works, their works of darkness, and their wickedness and abominations. And now, my son these interpreters were prepared that the word of God might be fulfilled, which he spake, saying: I will bring forth out of darkness unto light…” Alma 37:23-25
The above scripture as translated by Joseph Smith only seems confusing because someone other than Joseph added a comma between the word Gazelem[,] and a stone. As you will see below the word Gazelem in Alma 37 seems to be a title and refers to Joseph Smith as a Seer. In the 1835 Edition of D&C See Here, you can see that Joseph Smith was named Gazelam, Newel K. Whitney was called Ahashdah and Sidney Rigdon was called Pelagoram.
My Conclusion as I then Explain:
The quote from Alma 37 including the words Joseph Smith a Seer, without the comma between Gazelem[,] a stone, it would read that Joseph Smith was being called Gazelem as his personal name, or Gazelem as a title that is a seer, and the singular word “a stone” would mean in this case a single stone really means Joseph Smith or Gazelem is “a seer”, not necessarily a singular stone. I explain below.
Gazelem may also be the name or Title of a Seer or the name Gazelem may be a title meaning “A Stone” like in the name for Peter in the Bible. We read in the Bible, “That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it.” Matthew 16:18 I believe like in Alma 37 a stone could mean, “Revelation”, or Seer, or Reveal, etc.
As Elder Hunter said, “This is a very significant statement. The Lord in effect said to Peter that this knowledge that Jesus was the Christ did not come to him from mortal men or from the reasoning or learning of men, but by revelation from on high, that is, direct, divine revelation of the divinity of the Master. In answer to the statement ‘Thou art the Christ’ Matt. 16:16 Jesus replied, ‘. . . thou art Peter’ Matt. 16:18 in friendly acknowledgment of his disciple. The Lord then added, ‘. . . and upon this rock I will build my church’ Matt. 16:18Upon what rock? Peter? Upon a man? No, not upon a man, upon the rock of revelation, the thing which they were talking about. He had just said, ‘. . . flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven’ Matt. 16:17 This revelation that Jesus is the Christ is the foundation upon which he would build his Church.” CONFERENCE REPORT, OCTOBER 1965, HOWARD W. HUNTER
JST, John 1:42.
Cephas means “seer” or “stone.”
42 And he brought him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld him, he said, Thou art Simon, the son of Jona, thou shalt be called Cephas, which is, by interpretation,a seer, or a stone. And they were fishermen. And they straightway left all, and followed Jesus.” JST John 1:42
“And he brought him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld him, he said, Thou art Simon the son of Jona: thou shalt be called Cephas, which is by interpretation, A stone.” KJV John 1:42
So Gazelem in Alma 37 could read like this: “And the Lord said: I will prepare unto my servant [Joseph Smith a Seer], which shall shine forth in darkness unto light, that I may discover unto my people who serve me, that I may discover unto them the works of their brethren, yea, their secret works, their works of darkness, and their wickedness and abominations. And now, my son these interpreters were prepared that the word of God might be fulfilled, which he spake, saying: I will bring forth out of darkness unto light…” Alma 37:23-25
Notice that with the quote from Alma 37 including the words Joseph Smith a Seer, without the comma between Gazelem[,] and the extra word “and”, a stone it would read that Joseph Smith was being called Gazelem as his personal name, or Gazelem as a title that is a seer, and the singular word “a stone” would mean in this case a single stone means Joseph Smith or Gazelem is “a seer”, not necessarily a singular stone.
Also the Lord continues after calling Joseph Smith a Seer, he later in Alma 37 says “these interpreters”, not singular stone, but plural “these interpreters”. We also know through scripture that the plural “interpreters” refers to these two stones, fastened to a breastplate, as canonized scripture says, *”Oliver Cowdery describes these events thus: “These were days never to be forgotten—to sit under the sound of a voice dictated by the inspiration of heaven, awakened the utmost gratitude of this bosom! Day after day I continued, uninterrupted, to write from his mouth, as he translated with the Urim and Thummim, or, as the Nephites would have said, ‘Interpreters,’ the history or record called ‘The Book of Mormon.’ JSH 1:75*
THE DOCTRINE AND COVENANTS MODERN DAY REVELATION
Code Names
Some revelations were altered to employ code names when they were included in the 1835 edition of the Doctrine and Covenants in order to protect the identity of people and places. These code names were used in sections 77, 81, 89, 93, 101, and 102.
While the code names may have been necessary at the time, they no longer are. At this point they are relics which make reading the sections a bit more difficult.
In light of this, I decided to revert the code names back to their original names in the text itself. This is the only change that I have made to the text.
I have catalogued all of the changes, linked to the verses they can be found at, and then linked to where they can be found in earliest extant copy of the revelation.
Ahashdah = Newel K. Whitney
Alam = Edward Partridge
Baneemy = mine elders
Baurak Ale = Joseph Smith Jr.
Cainhannoch = New York
Enoch = Joseph Smith Jr.
Gazelam = Joseph Smith Jr.
Horah = John Whitmer
Lane-shine-house = the printing office in Kirtland, Ohio
Mahalaleel = Sidney Gilbert
Mehemson / Mahemson = Martin Harris
Olihah = Oliver Cowdery
Ozondah = Newel K. Whitney’s white mercantile store in Kirtland, Ohio
Pelagoram = Sidney Rigdon
Proclaiming = Printing
Shalemanasseh = W. W. Phelps
Shederlaomach = Frederick G. Williams
Shinehah = Kirtland, Ohio
Shinelah = Print
Shinelane = Printing
Shule = Ashery
Tahhanes = The tannery
Talents = Dollars
Zombre = John Johnson
D&C 78:2 “And now, verily thus saith the Lord, it is expedient that all things be done unto my glory, that ye should, who are joined together in this order: or in other words, let my servant Ahas[h]dah [Newel K. Whitney], and my servant Gazelam [JS], or Enoch, and my servant Pelagoram [Sidney Rigdon], sit in council with the saints which are in Zion; otherwise satan seeketh to turn their hearts away from the truth, that they become blinded, and understand not the things which are prepared for them: wherefore a commandment I give unto you, to prepare and organize yourselves by a bond or everlasting covenant that cannot be broken.” [p. 204-205] JSP
Bruce R. McConkie (Quorum of the Twelve Apostles)
With reference to the name Gazelam, it is interesting to note that Alma in directing Helaman to preserve both the Urim and Thummim and the plates containing the Book of Ether, says that such record will be brought to light by the Lord’s servant Gazelem, who will use “a stone” in his translation work. (Alma 37:21-23.) It may be that Gazelem is a variant spelling of Gazelam and that Alma’s reference is to the Prophet Joseph Smith who did in fact bring forth part at least of the Ether record. Or it could be that the name Gazelem (Gazelam) is a title having to do with power to translate ancient records and that Alma’s reference was to some Nephite prophet who brought the Book of Ether to light in the golden era of Nephite history. (Mormon Doctrine, 2d ed. [1966], p.307)
Joseph Fielding McConkie and Robert L. Millet (Professors of Religion, BYU)
I will prepare unto my servant Gazelem, a stone] This may well be a play on words. Is Gazelem the seer stone or the servant? It is difficult to tell from the passage and depends very much on the placement of a comma in the sentence. Perhaps it could refer to both. It is interesting to note that when Jesus called Simon Peter to the ministry he said: “Thou art Simon the son of Jona: thou shalt be called Cephas, which is, by interpretation, a seer, or a stone” (JST, John 1:42). Though this name or title of Gazelem may be used in regard to any seer who utilizes seer stones,it seems in this instance to be a direct reference to Joseph Smith the Prophet.(Doctrinal Commentary on the Book of Mormon, 4 vols.[1991], 3:.278 Joseph Fielding McConkie and Robert L. Millet)
In three different revelations, spanning a period of two years (1832-34), Joseph Smith was called “Gazelam” by the Lord (D&C 78:9; 82:11; 104:26, 43, 45, 46; pre-1981 edition). His name was disguised in order to prevent his enemies from discovering what plans the Lord had in mind at that particular time (HC 1:255). (Doctrine and Covenants Encyclopedia , p.204) D and C Encyclopedia Page -222- https://archive.org/details/doctrinecovenant0000brew/page/204/mode/2up?q=Gazelam
A servant of God, or stone directors/interpreters. (Alma 37:23).
Lehite prophetic name for a future “servant” of God (Gazelam = Joseph Smith in D&C 78:9, etc.), or of stone “directors” (Alma 37:21, 24, O P mss 1830-1911 eds > “interpreters” in 1920 1981 eds.), depending on whether the word within the phrase is read as an appositive to the preceding noun or as the noun of the following appositive (Alma 37:23).
An etymology based on North-west Semitic gzl, gṣl, ǵzl or ǵṣl would be the most likely, with a dual ending –êm.[1] The dual ending would tend to reinforce reading GAZELEM as the noun of the following appositive, because the “directors”/“interpreters” consisted of two (=dual) stones set in a silver bow.[2]
Because “r” and “l” are both “liquid” consonants, they often interchange from one language to another, such as between HEBREW and EGYPTIAN.[3] Therefore it would not be amiss to derive from Semitic gzr, yielding a very attractive etymology along the lines of biblical Aramaic gāzrîn, the “deciders/determiners (of fate),” used for the Babylonian magi (Daniel 2:27; 4:4; 5:7, 11). This root is represented in biblical HEBREW by gzr “cut, divide; decree (fate)” (Isaiah 9:19; 2 Nephi 19:10, Isaiah 53:8; Job 22:28)…
Less likely are readings from the Arabic root for “gazelle,” ģzl, the initial syllable as the root gzh or gzz, having to do with cutting and shearin (JH). Reynolds and Sjodahl[8] suggest possibly HEBREW*gāz-ʿālêm, or gazê-ʿalem (V???), “cut-stones of the Most High,” from gzh, “cut, hew” (cf. ’ăbnê-gāzît, “hewed stones, squared stones” in 1 Kings 5:17; 6:36; 7:9, 11, 12; Exodus 20:25; Isaiah 9:9, 10‖2 Nephi 19:10) + ‘alem (V???), “(he who is) on high”? Or *ga-ṣelem, “exalted image, magnificent likeness,” from gāʾā, “exalted, glorious, proud, magnificent” (Exodus 15:1, 21) + ṣelem, “image, likeness.”
Variants
There are no variations of this name in the Book of Mormon text, but there are other spellings outside the Book of Mormon: Gazelum Orson Pratt, JD, 16:156 (16 Aug 1873); Gazelam 1835 D&C (6xx), D. J. Whittaker, “Substituted Names in the Published Revelations of Joseph Smith,” BYU Studies, 23/1 (1983):103-112.
Jump up↑–êm is the early contracted form of the plene –ayim dual ending in Semitic languages. This is reflected in the English pronunciation (no doubt coming from the KJV, but which matched the early form of the GN) of JERUSALEM from the late plene writing and pronunciation of HEBREWyrwšlym.
Jump up↑This also happens in other language families. For example, see Spanish “playa” and Portuguese “praya,” both meaning beach; and Japanese where the difference between the two sounds is not phonemic.
Jump up↑George Reynolds and Janne M. Sjodahl, Commentary on the Book of Mormon, Vol. IV, P. C. Reynolds, ed. (Salt Lake City: Deseret Book, 1955-1961.), 162.Bibliography Daniel H.udlowA Companion to your Study of the Book of Mormon. Provo, UT: Brigham Young University Press, 1969Source: https://bookofmormonevidence.org/wp-content//index.php/GAZELEMSo in conclusion I believe Gazelem in Alma 37 could read like this: “And the Lord said: I will prepare unto my servant [Joseph Smith a Seer], which shall shine forth in darkness unto light, that I may discover unto my people who serve me, that I may discover unto them the works of their brethren, yea, their secret works, their works of darkness, and their wickedness and abominations. And now, my son these interpreters were prepared that the word of God might be fulfilled, which he spake, saying: I will bring forth out of darkness unto light…” Alma 37:23-25
Notice again that with the quote from Alma 37 including the words Joseph Smith a Seer, without the comma between Gazelem[,] a stone it would read that Joseph Smith was being called Gazelem as his personal name, or Gazelem as a title that is a seer, and the singular word “a stone” would mean in this case a single stone means Joseph Smith or Gazelem is “a seer”, not necessarily a singular stone.
I would appreciate any feedback you have about this interpretation. Many of those who believe that Joseph used a stone in a hat to translate and that Joseph didn’t even look at the gold plates also try and convince me that the word “a stone” in Alma 37 may validate their error in thinking Joseph used an individual stone to translate. I just don’t believe it. I believe the following words as my personal interpretation of Alma 37:23.
“Indian Point, is located just 14 miles northeast of the Kirtland Temple. This ancient Indian enclosure features two earthen walls bordered by ditches and protected on two sides of a triangle by steep cliffs. The walls were built around 140 B.C.” Jonathan Neville, reading the signage at the site.
As you review this extensive information, you will be amazed at the many evidences for ancient Native American civilizations like the Nephites and the Jaredites all over Ohio. The mounds, artifacts, geology, and timeline at fit perfectly in the Book of Mormon timeframe.
“The most spectacular Cleveland area earthworks are surprisingly little known to many area residents. The prehistoric embankments are still sufficiently high as to be easily viewed.
The site is Indian Point (33La2) located at the juncture of the Grand River and Paine Creek just east of Painesville, Ohio. The site is now part of the Lake Metro-park system. The archaeological community, who has been interested in the area long before it became a park, calls it the Lyman Site because it is on the former grounds of a military training camp operated by Charles Lyman. The site consists of three earthen enclosures atop a steep river bluff. (The western set of walls is severely eroded but the eastern two are easily viewed.)
Indian Point did not have mounds; mound-like structures found there have more recently been determined not to be of prehistoric human origin. Until recently the Early Woodland date of Indian Point was not recognized; it was considered strictly a Late Prehistoric site (900 AD-1650 AD) because of the large amount of ceramics and bone tools of this period found there. Archaeologist James Murphy has long obtained radiocarbon dates prior to the First Millennium AD. He tested remains of cooking fires from deep within the inner earthworks. He also found an Early Woodland Stemmed point. The dates of specific portions of the site including the earthen walls still remain a matter of controversy. Murphy has proposed that the two sets of earthworks may have been constructed at different times.” 2011 LAURA PESKIN Prehistoric Indian Earthworks in the City of Cleveland and Environs.
The Radiocarbon Date from the Lyman Earthworks (33La2);(Indian Point) A Correction and Discussion
By James Murphy Research Assistant Dept of Geology Case Western Reserve University of Cleveland, Ohio 44106
ABSTRACT The previously reported Lyman Site (33La2) radiocarbon date of 2090 B.C. is corrected to 2090 B.P. Likewise, in view of the corrected date, the site’s position in the Late Prehistoric period is examined.
The radiocarbon date obtained from the inner earthen embankment at the Lyman (Indian Point) Site, 33La2, Lake County, Ohio, is 2090 B.P, or 140 B.C. ± 150 years (Crane and Griffin 1970).
It was previously incorrectly reported (Murphy 1971) as 2090 B.C. The correct date better fits the suggestion that the earthworks represent an Early Woodland component at the Lyman Site, essentially unrelated to the Late Prehistoric “Whittlesey” component.
Since completion of the Lyman Site report, Brose (1971) has described a small Early Woodland component, considered a hunting camp, a few miles southwest of the Lyman Site. Of the two points recovered by Brose, one quite closely resembles Dragoo’s Cresap Point type; the other is a rather undiagnostic point that might be classified as Archaic if found in a surface collection but could as easily be Early Woodland.
Further evidence of Adena-like Early Woodland components in this part of northeastern Ohio is noted by Shane (1967), particularly at the Mohawk Park Rock Shelter, a “lost” site in Geauga County, and the Chagrin Falls Mound I. Distinctive Adena material also turns up in surface collections (Kalmert 1968). Shane has placed these various components in his Leimbach Phase of the ubiquitous “Scioto Tradition,” which might better be termed an Ohio Woodland tradition.
Nomenclature aside, the radiocarbon date from the Lyman earthworks is particularly interesting because it compares favorably with the dates available from the Leimbach Site (Shane 1967; Ogden and Hay 1969). The Leimbach Site has yielded radiocarbon dates of 520 B.C., 510 B.C., and A.D. 15. Shane regards all three dates as falling within his Leimbach Phase and does not seem to regard 500 years as a rather long-term occupation of a single component site.
The interesting fact is that both Leimbach and Lyman occupy fortified hilltops which have always been considered typical Late Prehistoric “Whittlesey Focus” components. The Leimbach earthworks have disappeared entirely, and the Lyman radiocarbon date, based upon charcoal from the inner earthwork, is the first substantial proof that at least some of the “Whittlesey” hilltop forts are Early Woodland in age.
Although Shane (1967) rejects the possibility that the northern Ohio forts are Early Woodland, all of those studied by him have yielded major Early Woodland Leimbach components. Further, Shane does emphasize the occurrence of Leimbach Phase sites on inaccessible, easily fortified hilltops, in contrast with sites of the Adena Phase in southern Ohio.
Shane (1967) suggests that the earthworks or fortified hilltops are Late Woodland in age, dating around A.D. 600-800. The only evidence for this conclusion is the reported occurrence of Late Woodland midden incorporated in the inner earthwork at Burrell Fort, Lorain County.
Specifically, Shane notes the discovery of a “Burrell Phase ‘Fish Spear” and two Mixter Cordmarked rim sherds, along with an unreported number of thin, grit-tempered, cordmarked body sherds, and a broken, parallel-sided blade. Shane notes that his tentative types Mixter Cordmarked and Leimbach Cordmarked are generally distinguishable only on the basis of rim sherds. The former type seems to be the same as his “Burrell Phase” pottery, which he considers a derivative of his Early Woodland Leimbach Cordmarked. Even these rim sherd types, however, seem to be based on rather minute and variable distinctions which are not confined to one type or the other. Without denying the validity of these two rim sherd types, and certainly without any wish to disparage attempts at refinement in Woodland ceramic typology, it does seem hazardous to “type” a sample consisting of only two sherds.
Shane himself remarks of the Burrell Fort sherds “although these sherds can be classified in the Scioto series, their precise typology is in question.” Nor does the broken, crude, weakly side-notched “Burrell Phase ‘Fish Spear” seem to be particularly convincing evidence of a Late Woodland date for the earthwork at Burrell Fort. It is curious that Shane specifically assigns all of the hilltop forts studied to his Late Woodland “Burrell Phase,” with the notable exception of the earthworks that stood on the Leimbach site. This may be due in part to his obvious desire to regard Leimbach as a pure Early Woodland component. Although Shane recognizes the presence of a Late Woodland component at Leimbach, he is able to write that “The midden represents deposition during a single cultural phase. With the exception of a small number of obviously intrusive items such as triangular projectile points and late prehistoric sherds, the midden contained only artifacts of early Scioto Tradition affiliation.” This statement is contradictory, for an Early Woodland midden cannot contain intrusive Late Prehistoric material and still represent a single cultural phase. The thought occurs that if the midden contains “obviously intrusive” articles, it may well contain intrusive material that is not so obvious.
In any case, Leimbach—like all of the hilltop forts studied, with the notable exception of Lyman—contains both an Early Woodland and a Late Woodland component. Lyman has an Early Woodland and a Late Prehistoric component and has yielded the only reliable radiocarbon date based upon material from an earthwork, strongly suggesting that at least this one “Whittlesey fort” is part of the Early Woodland component at the Lyman site. This in turn suggests that at least some of the other “Whittlesey forts” are also Early Woodland. There is no reason construction of such earthworks could not have continued throughout the Woodland time span, but there has never been sufficient reason for lumping all of the earthworks into the “Whittlesey Focus.” Neither is there reason to place them all in the Late Woodland “Burrell Phase” of the so-called Scioto Tradition. There is, on the other hand, considerable evidence to support the possibility that many of them are a part of the Early Woodland components which so frequently are found on this type of site in northern Ohio.” James L. Murphy
REFERENCES Brose, David S. 1971. The Girdled Road Site, an Early Woodland Hunting Station in Lake County, Ohio. Kirtlandia, No. 13.
Crane, H. R., and J.B. Griffin. 1970. University of Michigan Radiocarbon Dates XIII. Radiocarbon, 12
Side A: The Indian Point Site contains the remains of a prehistoric Native American earthen enclosure, officially known as the Lyman site, named after a former property owner. The site contains two earthen walls that are bordered by ditches. Steep cliffs provide natural barriers on two sides of the enclosure. Archaeological digs have uncovered many artifacts here, including pottery sherds, tools, pipes, and beads. There is evidence that the walls were built around 140 B.C., and the site was occupied again around 1500 A.D. by the Whittlesey Tradition people. It is uncertain if the site was a village or was used as a ceremonial center. After 1650 A.D., the area became a neutral hunting ground for various historic tribes.
Side B: Late prehistoric Whittlesey Tradition people occupied villages on high bluffs overlooking rivers in northeastern Ohio between 1200 and 1650 A.D. They hunted bear, elk, and deer; fished with bone hooks and nets; and gathered nuts and berries. The Whittlesey were also sedentary and agriculturalists. They grew corn, squash, and beans and made pottery for cooking and storage. Their dwellings were rectangular or oval-shaped and made of saplings and tree bark. The Whittlesey culture disappeared from here and elsewhere at about 1650 A.D. and therefore it is difficult to know more about them. Their name comes from Charles Whittlesey, an Ohio geologist who mapped their sites.
The Ohio area of the United States is the heart of the Heartland of the Nephites. I believe Ohio is their land, and the Hebrew artifacts show amazing evidence. The mounds in just the area around Cleveland, are immense and that is mainly what this blog is about. The sacred place of Kirtland, Ohio or near Newark Earthworks could very well be the areas where the Savior visited the Nephites after His resurrection.
Geographic setting of Hopewell archaeological study sites for airburst-related proxies: Jennison-Guard village site, Indiana; Miami Fort hilltop earthworks, Ohio; Turner earthworks and village, Ohio; Moundview village and mound, Ohio; Milford earthworks, Ohio; Beech Tree village, Ohio; Foster’s Crossing earthwork, Ohio; Krasnosky earthworks, Ohio; Indian Fort Mountain earthworks, Kentucky; Junction earthworks, Ohio; and Marietta earthworks and mounds, Ohio. Kenneth Barnett Tankersley
OHIO Mound Parallels with the NEPHITES
Parallels of the Hopewell Culture as described by William C. Mills, Chief Archaeologist of Ohio, with the Book of Mormon. James E. Talmage said, “[May 20, 1917; Sunday] Attended Sunday School and afternoon service in Hawthorne Hall, and was a speaker at each assembly. Evening meetings here, as also in Brooklyn, have been discontinued for the summer. The attendance both at Sunday School and afternoon meeting was surprisingly large in view of the fact that many of the Utah college students have left for the vacation period. This evening at the hotel I had a long and profitable consultation with Professor Wm. C. Mills, State Archaeologist of Ohio.
He is continuing his splendid work of exploration in the Ohio mounds, and I went over with him again the remarkable agreement between his deductions and the Book of Mormon story.
He [Mills has reached the following conclusions:
1. The area now included within the political boundaries defining the State of Ohio was once inhabited by two distinct peoples, representing two cultures, a higher and a lower.
These two classes were contemporaries; in other words, the higher and the lower culture represented distinct phases of development existing at one time and in contiguous sections, and furnish in no sense an instance of evolution by which the lower culture was developed into the higher.
These two cultural types or distinct peoples were generally in a state of hostility one toward the other, the lower culture being more commonly the aggressor and the higher the defender. During limited periods, however, the two types, classes, or cultures, lived in a state of neutrality, amounting in fact to friendly intercourse.
The numerous exhumations of human bones demonstrate that the people of the lower type, if not indeed both cultures, were very generally affected by syphilis, indicating a prevalent condition of lasciviousness.
There (are) two peoples or cultures…the lower culture was most commonly the assailing party, while the people of the higher type defended as best they could but in general fled.
As a further consequence of this belligerent status they buried their dead, with or without previous cremation, in such condition as to admit of expeditious covering up of the cemeteries by the heaping of earth over the sepulchers [sic], in which hurried work the least skilled laborers and even children could be employed.
From a careful collating of data it is demonstrated that the general course of migration through the area now defined as the State of Ohio was inward from the west and outward toward the east.
Professor Mills states that no definite data as to the age of these peoples have as yet been found, but that the mounds may date back a few hundred years or even fifteen hundred or more.
Several years ago I placed a Book of Mormon in the hands of Professor Mills and, while he is reticent as to the parallelism of his discoveries and the Book of Mormon account, he is impressed by the agreement.” James E. Talmage 20 May 1917
“I would say to the Lamanites, if I could speak to them understandingly, that you are also a branch of the house of Israel, and chiefly of the house of Joseph, and your forefathers have fallen through the same examples of unbelief and sins, as have the Jews, and you, as their posterity, have wandered in sin and darkness for many generations; and you, like the Jews, have been driven and trampled under the foot of the Gentiles, and put to death through your wars with each other, and with the white man, until you are almost destroyed. But there is still a redemption and salvation for a remnant of you in the latter days.” History of His Life and Labors By Wilford Woodruff
Ohio Earthworks
If exploring Ohio’s Native American archaeological sites is something that interests you, Hopewell Culture National Historical Park, Serpent Mound, Newark Earthworks, Alligator Mound, Fort Ancient Earthworks, Leo Petroglyphs, Barnesville Track Rocks, and Miamisburg Mound are a few places that are definitely worth visiting. Hopewell Culture National Historical Park, Newark Earthworks, and Fort Ancient Earthworks, collectively known as Hopewell Ceremonial Earthworks, were inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List in September 2023.
A Survey of Prehistoric People in the Cuyahoga Lands
In this essay the term Greater Cleveland means Cuyahoga County and all areas from its heart to its periphery. The Cuyahoga River divides the city and county roughly down the middle. Its terminus at Lake Erie, its floodplains and its high bluffs have always enticed Native peoples as well as later Europeans. The Cuyahoga River Valley refers to the deep gorge system cut by the river south of downtown Cleveland and extending all the way to the glacial escarpment in the northern part of the city of Akron. Here the river makes its “Big Bend” to the east and ultimately to its source 30 miles to the northeast in Hambden Township, Geauga County, Ohio.
The Cleveland region has rich prehistory that goes back over 11,000 years. On a less grand scale than the spectacular ruins in Southern Ohio, remains of Adena and Hopewell ceremonialism and mortuary ritual are common in Northeast Ohio. There are also relics present of the Mississippian culture which flourished to a greater extent in Southern Ohio in the Late Prehistoric Period (900 to 1650 AD).
The geology of the Cuyahoga lands, right where the Allegheny Plateau, Central Till Plains and Great Lakes Plain meet, could have been significant for the proliferation of human activity in this region in all eras. The eroding Allegheny escarpment has provided ready Paleozoic building material in the form of the Euclid Bluestone, Berea Sandstone, and Cleveland Siltstone. Another geological feature that shaped human activity in the region is its position directly southeast of a large lake (Erie). Thus storms from the Northwest have battered the region since time immemorial, leaving precipitation that has carved its way into swift moving streams teeming with fish. Unbeknownst to many Northeast Ohioans today, the region is also strategically located on a continental divide; waters north of the so-called Great Bend in northern Akron flow ultimately into Lake Erie; those eight miles to the south (today Lake Nesmith in Coventry Township), flow into the Tuscarawas River and ultimately into the Gulf of Mexico. As this book will point out, the continental divide provided transportation advantages in this region from ancient times all the way up to the advent of railroads in the mid-19th Century.
The region south of Lake Erie was important in the Archaic period (7,000 to 1,000 BC). There have been more revealing Archaic findings in Northeast Ohio than interesting artifacts from later prehistoric Indians. Key Archaic developments in the region that is now Northeastern Ohio were commencement of atlatl or spear thrower use 5., and greater dependence on both wild plants and fish in the diet.
Northeast Ohio’s prehistoric peoples distinguished themselves in the following millennium (Early, Middle Woodland periods) by commencing the region’s first agriculture. More important in Ohio prehistory are their followers, the Late Woodland people of 500 to 900 AD. Northeastern Ohio holds a large percentage of the state’s significant Late Woodland archaeology. The Late Woodland period saw transitions to localism and improved food procurement, storage and preparation. As recently as 1650 there was a distinct population of prehistoric Native Americans roughly between Conneaut, Ohio on the east and the Black River on the west. This people are referred to as Whittlesey Culture after Col. Charles Whittlesey, civic leader, archaeologist and first president of the Western Reserve Historical Society. He was the first person to describe and map much prehistoric Indian activity in Northeast Ohio. No-one knows exactly why the archaeological record indicates an abrupt cessation of Whittlesey culture. (Some theories of its demise will be discussed at the close of this article). Changes in pottery style and a transition to a more sedentary lifestyle characterized Whittlesey culture. Other features included reliance on local resources rather than trade goods. Mortuary ritual appears simple from the lack of mounds and grave goods found. Some Mississippian influences took hold.
Until around 1650 northeast Ohio entirely belonged to the native peoples who had long inhabited it. The lucrative Colonial-era fur trade and the 1539 formation of the Iroquois Confederacy brought outsiders into the region, if largely of Native American blood themselves. The great Iroquois Confederacy, one of the foremost historic powers on the North American continent, until 1726 controlled the lands around the Cuyahoga River which the Iroquois used for hunting. Lake Erie in its entirety was so remote that Champlain’s 1634 map of New France properly named and drew the other three Great Lakes within its province; Erie the map distorted and failed to name.
In 1726 the Iroquois made a treaty which ceded their southeastern Lake Erie holdings to the British. The French vied for control, and obtained it, although for all intents and purposes they shared their dominion over Lake Erie with the Indians. A 1690 treaty between the French and the Iroquois, previously enemies, had allowed the French to establish posts on the lake. The first Europeans to familiarize themselves with the Cuyahoga lands were anonymous French missionaries who described the area to 1650 map-maker Nicholas Sanson. The first European resident on the Cuyahoga was French fur trader Francois Saguin who established a post in 1742. It was in the Cuyahoga Valley though on which side of the river is uncertain.
The first Briton to show familiarity with the Cuyahoga lands was Christopher Gist, surveyor for Virginia’s Ohio Company. The first British resident on the Cuyahoga was Col. George Croghan. He traded with area Indians in the 1740s as well as establishing other trading posts in the Ohio country. His friendliness with the Cuyahoga Valley Indians led many of them to favor the Briitsh. During most of the years between 1744-1760 the French and British fought over disputed portions of present-day Ohio and neighboring states in the Western Hemisphere correlates of King George’s War and the Seven Years’ War, both between Britain and France. In the United States the latter war is referred to as the French and Indian War. After these wars ended, a new alliance continued to make the area dangerous for the British, save a few missionaries and traders; in the 1760s great Ottawa chief Pontiac formalized a land-holding organization of the so-called Northwest Indian nations: the Ottawa, Chippewa, Wyandot and Delaware.
The Ottawas, a nation originating north of the Great Lakes, gradually migrated into the sparsely populated and loosely held southern Erie shores, reaching the vicinity of the Cuyahoga River in the Mid-18th Century. An area of settlement lasting about 50 years from around 1760 to about 1810 was near both the river and what is now Columbia Road in Boston Township, Summit County. During the latter years the site grew into a village under the locally well known Chief Ponty (not to be confused withe the great Ottawa Chief Pontiac.) Their confederates the Chippewa, closely related in language, gravitated to what’s now Brecksville after they settled into the Cuyahoga Valley. A French official also reported Chippewa living at “Mingo Town” in the mid-1840s. Though the word “Mingo” referred to Iroquois, both Iroquois and non-Iroquois lived in this large village. Mingo Town was in the general Cuyahoga Valley area, but archaeology has still not pinpointed the location with certainty. Nonetheless at its height, it was home to as many as 2,000 Indian individuals as estimated from the reports of the French official, Robert Navarre.
The Ottawas became better acquainted with another of their fellow Algonquian speakers, the Delaware, as both defended Fort Duquesne in the French and Indian War. Pontiac and other Ottawa may have already known the Delaware from the Ohio country; The Delaware, dispossessed of their homelands further east, had settled along the Cuyahoga River, both in the River Valley and around the strategic Great Bend region. John Hecklewelder, missionary and explorer to Northeast Ohio, recalled Delaware visionary leader Neolin in the Mid-18th Century living at a time on the Cuyahoga fairly close to Lake Erie, and then also for a time on the Tuscarawas River, at the southern end of the great canoe portage 1.
Few Whites were to be found in the Cuyahoga lands from the end of the French and Indian War to the end of the American Revolution. Afterwards from 1785 to 1795 treaties between the new American government and Ohio country Indians left the area east of the Cuyahoga River to the White Man. In 1796 Moses Cleaveland with a party of several men landed on the mouth of the Cuyahoga River to survey the area for the Connecticut Land Company. The land investments in Northeast Ohio were on territory called Connecticut’s Western Reserve. Connecticut had claimed the Reserve and then sold it part of it to private speculators. Connecticut retained ownership of the western portion of the Reserve called the Firelands. As its name implied, Connecticut gave this land away to its citizens whose homes had burned in the American Revolution. The city of Cleveland which sprouted on the mouth of the Cuyahoga River is of course named after Moses Cleaveland.
The Greenville Treaty of 1795 prohibited Indian settlement east of the Cuyahoga River. The Indians who continued to frequent the East Side mainly were hunters and fisherman who set up camp. Indians land claims were permitted on the West Side of Cleveland until the signing of another treaty in 1805. They stayed on afterward too due to the low land pressure; Cleveland in its first 25 years had less than 150 White settlers. It took the beginning of a canal system a few years later to finally bring immigrants into Cleveland. 1825 marked the opening of the Erie Canal to the east. The Ohio and Erie Canal, completed in 1832, connected Cleveland and Lake Erie with the Virginia settlements in southern Ohio.
Relics Remembered by Cleveland’s Early Settlers
The first mounds mentioned in this study as follows were unknown to all but Cleveland’s earliest settlers. Some ambiguity surrounds the authenticity of these relics. Their descriptions relied on the fading memories of Cleveland’s founders when they realized many years later that details of the city’s early history might be something worth committing to writing. Also the tendency for the human mind to think events occurred longer ago than actuality is operative here. Finally since these mounds of memory have never been examined for artifacts, it is possible that they were naturally occurring features and not constructed by human inhabitants. This is not to say that there was not human activity in the Late Prehistoric or Woodland periods in what is now downtown Cleveland. The area’s location at the mouth of a major river suggests that the area probably attracted humans in all eras. For example artifacts found in the vicinity of East Ninth Street, some mentioned in this study, support the existence of prehistoric inhabitants in what is Cleveland’s downtown area.
A mound at the mouth of the Cuyahoga River was quite sizable, perhaps up to 150 feet in diameter and 75 feet tall. It was gradually lost after Clevelanders rechanneled the mouth of the Cuyahoga River too close to it. The rechanneling occurred in the 1820s as an infrastructure improvement for the simultaneous building of the Erie Canal. Before the rechanneling the mound was in fact not at the mouth of the river as pictured below; the mouth was around a mile to the west, at the terminus of what is known as the Old Riverbed. The painting below, created for Cleveland’s 1896 Centennial, depicts the rechanneled river directly east of the mound. The painting is based on an 1820s woodcut of the same scene. The woodcut in turn is based on a drawing by Captain Allen Gaylord.
There was at least one other Indian mound near what is now Cleveland’s Public Square. It stood on what became Ontario Street, just south of Prospect Avenue. This point in our present-day is just east of Tower City Center and just west of Myers University. Isham Morgan, an original area settler, had a good view of the mound around 1812 when he rode on horseback to Cleveland with his father.
Morgan observed over a period of “several” years that the mound became leveled. He noted that in 1812 Ontario Street was in a forested region which stretched east, south and west. Ontario Street only ran south of Public Square and even there, it was merely a path through woods. (Newburgh Township, four miles to the southwest, where Morgan then resided, was more developed; Cleveland in a comparative context was a clearing in the woods.) Thus in the early days of Cleveland not much disturbance came to the mound. As Cleveland transitioned from a little New England Village to an industrial center, the mound gave way to urban settlement. Its location is in the heart of the city’s commercial activity.
Below is a detail of the area south of Public Square in 1834 at which time it was still little developed. (See Whelpley, Thos. “Cleveland from Brooklyn Hill”, engraving, Milo Osborne, NYC, from 1833 drawing, image courtesy of Clvlnd. Publ. Libr. Digital Collections.)
The Garlick and Gaylord Mounds to be discussed shortly were also in the downtown area of Cleveland. Then come a small cluster of mounds around East 55th Streets that perhaps followed the course of the Cuyahoga River south-eastward. These include the Mound Avenue site and the following two sites on which much was written in the 19th Century: “Ancient Forts 1 and 2, Newburg.”
“Ancient Forts 1 and 2, Newburg” (33Cu4, 33Cu5)
For many years time had forgotten the precise location of the earthen enclosure that Charles Whittlesey named “Fort 1 Newburg.” The best that could be said about the fort site was that it was in the old Newburgh Township, a part of the county that was annexed by the city of Cleveland around 1880. The leading theory relating the site to 20th Century landmarks placed it in the old Forest Hill Park, an area now in the industrial Cuyahoga River Valley east of the river, west of Independence Road, south of Pershing Avenue and north of Washington Park. This approximation of the site’s location is understandable because it does resemble Whittlesey’s survey of the location (Figure A) in that there is a north facing narrow promontory south of a small stream with deep ravines on the east and west sides. This theory of the earthworks’ location however omitted a key piece of evidence prominent in Whittlesey’s survey; that is that the earthworks occupied Lot 313, about one and a half miles southeast of the Forest Hill Park promontory. Eight years after Whittlesey’s 1850 survey this lot consisted of 105.5 acres divided between three landholders. See Figure D. Today the location corresponds to Harvard Grove Cemetery on the banks of Burk Branch stream, just north of Harvard Avenue, and between East 55th and East 65th Streets.
Fort 1 consisted of two earthen walls with two corresponding trenches. See Figure A . When Whittlesey observed the earthworks in the mid-1800s, the walls were so badly weathered that only two feet of their height remained. Whittlesey noted there was an entranceway at the west end of the inner wall. This casts the site’s utility for defense in doubt. Today archaeologists believe that such sites were ceremonial rather than defensive.
Figure E: Charles Whittlesey’s Map of Cuyahoga Valley Earthworks (1871, 41)
Whittlesey also mentioned a mound one fourth to one half mile to the east or southeast of Fort 1. It can be seen in Figure E above. Whittlesey indicated that the mound was 10 feet high in 1847 and quickly disappearing thereafter thanks to agriculture. Today this mound site would be in the Harvard-71st Street- Broadway area. See Figure F below. Interestingly this same area is one of the Cleveland metropolitan region’s oldest area’s for significant early settler habitation and once had working quarries.
FIGURE F: Vicinity of Fort 1 Mound Today, courtesy of Google Maps
Old Houses near Broadway, a half mile east of the Fort 1 mound, from “Miles Park [Library] Branch Exterior,” 1900, courtesy of Cleveland Public Library Archives, Digital Coll.
Another Newburgh prehistoric site well described by Whittlesey is now in Cuyahoga Heights in the Cleveland Metro parks Ohio and Erie Canal Reservation. Whittlesey named this site Ancient Fort #2, Newburg. Today the site corresponds to a park location on the western bluffs of the Cuyahoga River floodplain. This places the site just northwest of the main park entrance at East 49th Street and Whittlesey Way. This location fits Whittlesey’s description that the site be one and a half miles downstream of Ohio and Erie Canal Mile Marker 8 Lock, also known as Willow Lock or Lock 40. Whittlesey gave an additional requirement that the site be on a high isthmus surrounded by ravines on all but the south side. The location near the park entrance fulfills this requirement as well.
“Ancient Fort #2 Newburg,” now in Cuyahoga Heights (Whittlesey {1871} 59).
Like Fort 1 not a trace of the Cuyahoga Heights site remains. Like Fort 1 the Cuyahoga Heights site has never been analyzed and dated. Whittlesey noted the enclosure consisted of a single wall and trench on the land side. Its accessibility was different from Fort 1; at Cuyahoga Heights the wall did not have an opening but the outer trench did. This did not seem like much of an entrance to Whittlesey or to anyone who views his drawing The only other point of access was a narrow passageway along the southern portion of the ravine. Whittlesey noted in 1850 that only five feet of the wall’s height remained, as the site had just recently came under cultivation.
Cleveland’s Most Well Known Indian Mound
Cleveland’s most well-known Indian mound just like the nearby earthen enclosures over time has been flattened. The mound’s builders have never been determined; no-one knows if they were Woodland or Late Prehistoric. The mound site, in the Slavic Village section of Cleveland, is appropriately marked by Mound Avenue on the south. The mound has further been memorialized by the building of Mound Elementary School just west of old county lot 317 that held the mound. Lot 317 was at least 100 acres and was bounded approximately by Union Avenue on the north, East 65th Street on the east, the future Fleet Avenue on the south and the future Wilson Avenue (present-day East 55th Street) on the west. At the time of Whittlesey’s writing lot 317 was the homestead of Dr. Horace Ackley. The area was still rural until the early 1870s when the city’s expanding Czech population gradually built up the Broadway/ East 55th Street area. An 1874 atlas of Cuyahoga County shows the street layout virtually as it still stands today. Undoubtedly the flattening of the earthworks, cliffs and ravine that accompanied the area’s urbanization dates to the same time period. On Whittlesey’s non-scale map of Cleveland area Indian earthworks, the mound is a dot south of Morgan Run stream. See Figure E above.
Timeline Point I, Early Woodland Period: 700 BC – 100 BC, and Mound Builder Culture near Cleveland
In 1894 when many mounds had not yet been flattened from agriculture, erosion and development, archaeologist W.C. Mills counted 5,396 in the state. The earliest of these mounds belong to Early Woodland people who thrived from 500 BC to 100 AD. In some locales outside of Ohio, burial mounds and pottery showed up in the Late Archaic Period, from 3,000 BC to 1,000 BC.
The Adena people who radiated outward from the Chillicothe, Ohio region had the highest mounds and most elaborate ceremonial culture. The highest Adena mounds were over 70 feet and the widest 300 feet in diameter. Northeast Ohio’s Early Woodland mounds are smaller.
It is important to note that not all Ohio Early Woodland burials involved mounds. Most Early Woodland burials in northern Ohio were not in mounds, but in oval earthen enclosures such as atop steep bluffs of a creek. Seaman’s Fort in Erie County is a good example. There were also Adena burials of this type in southern Ohio and northern Kentucky. One good example is the Colerain Works near present-day Cincinnati.
Many Early Woodland burials contained objects relating to the deceased’s status, both temporal and spiritual. Such buried objects were most commonly projectile points, sandstone tablets (perhaps used for stamping body tattoos) and personal adornments — head dresses, and jewelry such as rings, bracelets and beads. Some burials, probably of lower status individuals, contained no adornments.
Another object sometimes found in Early Woodland burials, including some near Cleveland, is the tubular clay pipe, used for tobacco smoking or as a pipe with which a shaman would suck out evil spirits which they thought were causing symptoms in sick people. This practice involved cutting the sick person, either superficially or enough to let blood, then placing the tube at the point of the cut mark, and sucking. Truthfully smoking and shamanistic sucking have been inextricably bound since Early Woodland times and continue to be so among Native Americans.. A related practice to smoking and shamanistic sucking is the shamanistic practice of blowing tobacco smoke on a sick person. Symbolically the blowing of smoke signified the transfer of spiritual power from shaman to patient. A shaman sucking out disease through a similar pipe was viewed as likewise transferring power. As inhaling and exhaling go together in smoking, sucking out disease and blowing medicine (smoke) go together in shamanistic practice. Thus the tube pipe, whether designed for smoking or sucking, was a sacred object with significance for mortuary practice and the afterlife. The width and construction of the end of the tube pipes and the materials with which they were made offer clues as to whether individual specimens were used for smoking or sucking.
Another important trait of the Early Woodland Period in Ohio is the commencement of pottery in this region. It was mainly simple and thick walled. Such a pottery found in Northern Ohio that shows little Adena influence is the Leimbach type after the Leimbach archaeological site on the Vermillion River in Lorain County. Leimbach ware in Northeast Ohio exhibited cordmarking on the outside. Cordmarking is a feature of much Woodland pottery. It refers to a pottery surface that was texturized with a wooden paddle wrapped with cord. Whatever purely decorative function cordmarking may have served, it also, from a strictly practical standpoint, made pottery easier to handle and harder to drop.
The Leimbach ware also has massive crude rectangular lug- type handles not found on Adena pottery. Some archaeologists think the Leimbach ware’s simple design reflects its utilitarian, non-ceremonial nature as well as the fact that specimens were designed as single-use items. In contrast some Adena pottery was used for ceremonial purposes. Adena pottery such as Adena Plain and Montgomery Incised was sleeker and more stylized. Very little if any of this fancier pottery has been found in Northeast Ohio.
Leimbach ware (Dr. David M. Stothers, Director, West. Lake Erie Archaeological Research Program, Univ. Toledo.)
Additional attributes of the Early Woodland people include but are not limited to:
a) elliptical or hyperbolic shaped ornaments for hanging as pendants. These are often referred to as gorgets. This term is however misleading because they were not body armor. In fact Adena people scarcely knew war; their world is considered a peaceful one.
b) exotic materials obtained through a large trade network
— native copper from present-day northern Michigan, often made into beads, bracelets and rings.
–marine shells from Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico, often fashioned into, but not limited to, spherical beads.
For an example of an Adena shell artifact more elaborate than a bead, look to the Adena Mound in Chillicothe, Ohio.
A realistic portrait in shell of a raccoon was found there– mica from southern Appalachia. While rarely creating such elaborate form as the later Hopewell people’s famous mica representations of human hands and faces to name a few artifacts, the Adena often cut the mica into simpler shapes such as crescents which were used in a plume-like manner in head-dresses, or pierced and worn on necklaces . If the Adena had had more mica, they might have put it to greater use. By contrast one later mound in Hopewell Culture National Historical Park yielded 3,000 sheets of mica !!
Most of the Early Woodland people in Northern Ohio were not Adena but other moundbuilders. The Woodland people, Early, Middle and Late, occupied what became the Eastern United States. Most Early Woodland people did not participate in the Adena cultural revolution. For these non-Adena Early Woodland people, life continued much as it had for centuries. Food continued to be procured by hunting and gathering if of a more sedentary type supplemented by agricultural experimentation with squash and more efficient use of native grain resources such as maygrass. Cultivation of maize was very limited though experimentation with it probably occurred.
For Adena people some key lifestyle changes occurred. The Adena culture saw the beginning in Ohio of a true sedentary lifestyle and agriculture that included the cultivation of maize. Still wild foods remained an important part of the diet. For example Adena people ate hickory nuts, black walnuts and beechnuts Some of these nuts were in the process of being replaced by local grains. Native maygrass was one of the first cultivated Ohio grains. Its seeds though small were ready in spring, much earlier than many previous dietary staples. Another small seeded, labor intensive early grain enjoyed by Adena was goosefoot, related to the South American grain quinoa.
The Koth Cache (33Cu58)
Quantities of Adena artifacts with neither skeletons nor mounds have been found in Ohio wetlands. Such concentrations of material goods are called caches. These are usually found in boggy areas that may have been wetter in former times. Prehistoric people may have lowered items into the water for ceremonial purposes. Sometimes remains of the vessels which held the items are found with the cache.
The Luchens Cache in Portage County, a particularly large one in Northeast Ohio, contained over 300 trademark Adena leaf-shaped flint blades This type of blade is considered to be as much ceremonial as functional. The bog where found is thought to have been an actual lake in Adena times. Also found were remains of a wooden bucket which is thought to have held the blades. In Cuyahoga County is the remarkably little known Koth Cache which yielded 150 leaf shaped blades.
Koth’s Cache was found on high ground in the Cuyahoga Valley south of Tinker’s Creek and east of the Cuyahoga River. The location is currently in the National Park, north of Alexander Road. At the time of the find, the 1930s, the area was described as boggy.
Koth Cache (Ohio Digital Elevation Model, S. Titchenal, http://railsandtrails.com)
Specific Early Woodland Mounds and Sites around Cleveland
The most spectacular Cleveland area earthworks are surprisingly little known to many area residents. The prehistoric embankments are still sufficiently high as to be easily viewed. The site is Indian Point(33La2) located at the juncture of the Grand River and Paine Creek just east of Painesville, Ohio. The site is now part of the Lake Metropark system. The archaeological community, who has been interested in the area long before it became a park, calls it the Lyman Site because it is on the former grounds of a military training camp operated by Charles Lyman. The site consists of three earthen enclosures atop a steep river bluff. (The western set of walls is severely eroded but the eastern two are easily viewed.) Indian Point did not have mounds; mound-like structures found there have more recently been determined not to be of prehistoric human origin. Until recently the Early Woodland date of Indian Point was not recognized; it was considered strictly a Late Prehistoric site (900 AD-1650 AD) because of the large amount of ceramics and bone tools of this period found there.
Archaeologist James Murphy has long obtained radiocarbon dates prior to the First Millennium AD. He tested remains of cooking fires from deep within the inner earthworks. He also found an Early Woodland Stemmed point. The dates of specific portions of the site including the earthen walls still remain a matter of controversy. Murphy has proposed that the two sets of earthworks may have been constructed at different times.
Charles Whittlesey drew this representation (Left) of the Lyman site in the middle of the 19th Century when the westernmost embankment was one and half feet high and eastern embankments were at least eight feet high. Now the latter are not even three feet high; the western embankment has all but disappeared. See Whittlesey (1850) 39.
Early Woodland site: Garlick Mound,33Cu3, Cleveland, Ohio This mound was at the southeast corner of East Ninth Street and Euclid Avenue on the future site of the Wesleyan Methodist Church built in 1839. The site has been known since the first decade of the 20th Century as the location of the George Post-designed Cleveland Trust Company. Landowner Dr. Theodatus Garlick and his brother Abel partially opened the mound in 1820. A slate piercing tool and slate gorget were recovered .
The Garlick property where an Early Woodland mound stood was close to the Erie Street Cemetery founded in 1826. Abel B. Garlick was a well-known Cleveland stone cutter who made gravestones similar to the ones pictured here from the cemetery. Garlick worked the fine-grained Euclid bluestone available on Mill Creek in Newburgh Township southeast of Cleveland. He particularly favored stone from a quarry owned by Dr. David Long, a neighbor and stone house builder to another early Clevelander with a mound on his property– Erastus Gaylord. (See Gaylord Mound below.) Garlick may have also made millstones. The Garlick brothers, Abel and Theodatus were natives of Vermont who came to Cleveland in the young town’s second decade of history. (Photo: Clay Herrick “Erie Street Cemetery and Gray’s Armory” 1978, used courtesy of the C. Herrick Slide Collection of the Michael Schwartz Library, Cleveland State University.)
Early Woodland site: Gaylord Mound, Cleveland, Ohio. This was a mound at 374 Woodland Avenue, the 11 acre country estate of the Erastus Gaylord family. Erastus Gaylord came to Cleveland from Connecticut in 1834 and established Cleveland’s first pharmacy Stickland and Gaylord. (Erastus perhaps is better known along with members of the Severance family, his neighbors on Woodland Avenue, as a founder of the Canal Bank, a troubled and dishonest Mid 19thCentury financial house which served Ohio and Erie Canal shippers.) In the late 1800s, a member of the Gaylord family retrieved from the mound an “Adena type” projectile point of eight inches in length. The only other known archaeological investigation of the area which yielded prehistoric findings merely turned up unfinished or broken tools from local cherts. There was not enough information from the finds for temporal and cultural assignment. The street number changes of 1905-1906 place the mound in the 3200 block of present-day Woodland Avenue. The mound’s environs have been highly developed for the last 100 years. A gas station occupied the property from about 1922 to 1973. Directly to the east was the St. Ann’s Maternity Hospital/ DePaul Infant Home. Since 1973 the site has belonged to Cuyahoga Community College and has comprised a park and recreation buffer zone between college facilities to the west and the dilapidated Longwood public housing complex on the east. From 2004 to 2009 the Finch Group, who are known for beautiful work at the luxurious Park Lane Villa in University Circle, tore down Longwood and launched a national award-winning innovation in public housing called the New Arbor Park Village. The colorful, gleaming complex simulates vibrant city blocks of mixed development. The mound site is under construction as of 2010 for a parking lot for nearby college buildings that are also under construction.
The 1874 JD Lake Atlas of Cuyahoga County, page 12 shows the abutting Gaylord, Severance and Long properties.
[Picture Left] The Gaylord property, the mound site, was also the site of the distinguished Gaylord stone-built home. Erected in 1836, it came from the pre-industrial era when building stone was quarried locally. Its location atop the Kingsbury Run creekbed, in former times attractive to Native Americans for shelter, placed it near stone outcrops which in the era of early white settlement, provided another shelter-related advantage. It is hardly a coincidence that the Gaylord property held both a prehistoric mound and an early stone house. The topographical detail below shows the Gaylord mound and house site as on a high bluff at the juncture of the Cuyahoga River and Kingsbury Run (USGS 1916).
Early Woodland site: Sawtell (Avenue) mound, 33Cu6, Cleveland, Ohio. This mound was located at East 53rd Street and Woodland Avenues. The part of Sawtell Avenue that it occupied no longer exists. The one block of the street that still remains is appropriately called Sawtell Court. The mound site is now part of the Ohio Food Terminal facility. An alley leading from Crayton Avenue to the vicinity of the mound site is fittingly named Indianola.
A 19th Century viewer stated that the Sawtell Mound was five feet high, 40 feet long and 25 feet wide. Whittlesey and Judge C.C. Baldwin, also active in the Western Reserve Historical Society, opened the mound slightly in 1870. They found ornamental beads, copper rings, a spherical hematite gorget and a clay tube pipe. Andrew Freese, the owner of the land with the mound, did not want it destroyed, so no further investigation was conducted at that time. The mound was finally opened entirely in 1909. The report of the mound’s excavation did not take note of what was found, but said a few items were donated to the Western Reserve Historical Society.
This is Whittlesey’s cross-sectional drawing of the clay tube he removed from the Sawtell Mound. See Whittlesey (1871) 40.
Early Woodland site: Collinwood Mound Although the exact location of this prehistoric work has been lost to time, a logical choice would be where St. Clair Avenue meets Euclid Creek. In 1851 when the Lakeshore Railroad was being constructed, a large tubular tobacco pipestem was found in the mound. It was in the range of three to eight inches long. A clay ball was found inside it. Archaeologist MC Read, who first reported the finding, thought it was used as a horn. He may have been mistaken; sometimes Early Woodland smokers of clay tube pipes placed small pebbles and the like inside the pipes to keep the smoking materials from coming out. Still Read tested his Collinwood find out as a horn and found it worked quite well. He also referred the reader to prolific archaeologist and naturalist Charles Conrad Abbott who had had similar experiences with like pipestems found in New Jersey. Abbott noted blowing on the pipestems he found would produce a noise so shrill it could be heard for a good ways away. He then hypothesized that Indians had used broken tobacco pipestems as sound signaling devices over vast distances.
Charles Whittlesey reported that the clay tube pipe taken from the Sawtell Avenue Mound was a “whistle.” His description and picture of it give no indication why he thought it was a musical instrument and not a pipe. Whittlesey did not indicate it was broken. Whittlesey did however mention that he had seen other such pipes or pipestems employed as whistles because they had flute-like holes on the side.
Recent accounts of the pipestems being used as whistles among prehistoric inhabitants of Ohio are wanting. In fact the few other mentions in the recent archaeological literature of clay tobacco pipestems being recycled into whistles pertain to the occurrence among the17th and 18th Century Dutch and English.
Excavations at 17th Century Dutch Colonial Fort Orange in upstate New York revealed that colonists made good use of broken white clay tobacco pipe stems; they drilled or carved blow-holes into the fragments and used them perhaps for signaling, but chiefly for musical entertainment. Archaeologist P.R. Huey found over 30 of them.
Archaeologist MC Read’s report on the Collinwood Mound made reference to CC Abbott’s drawing of a Moundbuilder tubular clay “horn”, found in New Jersey and pictured below. See Abbott (1875) 314
Early Woodland (or perhaps Middle Woodland) site: Dundon Mound, 33Cu255, Hunting Valley, Ohio. The site is west of the Hunting Valley Village Hall, and south of the University Upper School campus. As of 1980 the Dundon Mound was over four feet tall and forty feet wide.
Though the Dundon Mound is almost a mile west of the Chagrin River, it is still on a high point on the Chagrin River bluff. (Image from U.S. Geological Survey, 1916, courtesy of railsandtrails.com/USGS1900/OH.)
Early Woodland site: Wing Farm(no OAI number), Auburn Township, Geauga County. The site is in the vicinity of Wing Road- south of Stafford Road, east of Munn Road, west of Auburn Road, north of Washington Street. There are perhaps fewer Early to Middle Woodland archeological artifacts from Geauga County than the Northeast Ohio counties of Cuyahoga, Lake and Summit. Geauga County is further northeast of the epicenter of Moundbuilder culture in Chillicothe, Ohio. Wing Road is appropriately in the southwest part of Geauga County. The Cuyahoga River is not far off.. The Geauga County Historical Society has recently cataloged its prehistoric artifacts, and found many Woodland age items coming from Wing Road area. Some large Early and Middle Woodland projectile points were found there. Some were brought up during plowing over the decades.
The Wing Farm is on a plateau at the juncture of Bridge Creek and one of its tributaries. This strategic location helps make it a good location for prehistoric human activity. (Ohio Digital Elevation Model, S. Titchenal, http://railsandtrails.com)
Early Woodland Site: Parkman Mound, 33Ge2, Parkman Township, Ohio. The extreme southeast of Geauga County would be too far from Cleveland for inclusion here if it weren’t for a combination of standout natural features that have made this locale attractive to humans throughout the ages. Here lie the headwaters of the Grand River above which tower massive cliffs. Nearby is a salt seep. All around are quarries. The Nelson Ledges quarrying area is just two miles to the southeast. In fact the prehistoric human occupation of this area seemed to revolve around stone. The Parkman burial mound contained large stones to separate graves and smaller ones that furnished level surfaces or pavements on which to construct the crypts.
The Parkman and Nelson Township stone outcrops are part of the Berea Sandstone formation. Nearby Nelson-Kennedy Ledges State Park has rockshelters where Native Americans are believed to have dwelt in all eras. Within a two mile radius of the Parkman Mound in a non-public location within Geauga County is the Mohawk Rockshelter which has yielded Early Woodland Leimbach Plain sherds.
Parkman Mound and environs (Ohio Digital Elevation Models, railsandtrails.com).
Cornelius Baldwin of the Western Reserve Historical Society excavated the Parkman Mound in 1879. He described it as at that point in a state of ruin, having been looted numerous times by relic seekers. The best information he could get from longtime residents was that the mound before disturbance was eight feet high, 60 feet long and 15 feet wide. In addition to the stone crypts, Baldwin found projectile points and slate gorgets in the mound. From what he was able to gather from area residents who had looted the site over the years, they had had similar findings of relics.
Cornelius Baldwin drew the following picture of this pendant ornament he found while investigating the Parkman Mound. He indicated it was 6 in. long by 1/4 in. thick, and polished to a shine (Baldwin {1882} 159ff). [left]
Parkman Mound and environs (Ohio Digital Elevation Models, railsandtrails.com).
Early Woodland Site: Chagrin Mound 1, 33Cu2, Hunting Valley, Ohio. (No-one ever recorded the exact latitude and longitude coordinates for this site. Hobbyists living on the property or adjacent properties conducted the dig.)
The site also has a companion mound to which has been assigned a Hopewell cultural affiliation. See Hopewell sites on this webpage. The Chagrin Mounds, 1 and 2, were on the old Orange Township homestead of James Graham. Today the property would be located just north of the juncture of South Woodland (Ohio 87) and Falls Road. It is just northeast, across South Woodland Road from the Cleveland Metroparks’ South Chagrin Reservation.
Robert Graham, James’s brother, along with a neighbor opened Mound 1 in 1878. Stone slabs covered a central burial. There was red ochre or hematite in the mound and slate elliptical shaped gorgets were recovered. Red ochre burials with gorgets in fact in Ohio go back to Archaic times. Archaeologists believe that prehistoric Indians found red ochre sacred. They note that sprinkling a corpse with red ochre was part of Early Woodland mortuary ritual. Furthering an assignment of the site to the Early Woodland period were finely chiseled Robbins points.
The Chagrin mounds and surrounding area were rich in artifacts. Robert Graham was a prolific Indian relic collector in the late 1800s with a collection of around 2,000 objects. A few pieces from the 1878 excavation, such as a six by six inch piece of mica, found their way into museum collections shortly thereafter. The Grahams kept most of the numerous artifacts from both of the Chagrin mounds in a private museum on their property. The collection included in addition to gorgets beads, knives, projectile points, grinding stones and all sorts of other tools and ceremonial objects. After Graham’s death in 1817, Graham’s collection was donated to an Ohio museum. This was a move that furthered science. Over the years archaeologists have gleened beneficial information from Graham’s former collection.
The 1874 edition of JD Lake’s Cuyahoga County Atlas, page 163 shows property on the east bank of the Chagrin River held by James Graham. A little to the north one sees property on both sides of the river held by members of the Bray family. At least one member of the Bray family helped Robert Graham excavate Chagrin Mound 1 in 1878.
Early Woodland/ Archaic sites: Merkle 1 and 2, 33Cu38, 33Cu41, Independence, Ohio. This is one of several sites that were revealed by the 1975 installation of the Cuyahoga Valley Interceptor Sewer and the archaeological survey connected to the sewer upgrade. Like most of the other sites uncovered during the sewer project, Merkle consists of campsites at the point where the Cuyahoga River bluff meets the river’s floodplain. (See topographical map below.)
Topographical map of area confirms that Merkle is on the edge of a cliff overlooking the Cuyahoga River. (Ohio Digital Elevation Model, S. Titchenal, http://railsandtrails.com)
This photo from Brooklyn Heights, over three miles upriver from Merkle, is included because it offers a better view of the above-ground portion of the Valley Interceptor Sewer, a prominent marker for those hiking or cycling the historic Canal Towpath trail. One can also see the sewage treatment facility in this photo.
Woodland site or not manmade at all. Now we journey to Avon, Ohio, to the southeast corner of the intersection of State Routes 83 and 254; this is the site of the Avon Cemetery. Local legend has it that this cemetery was built on the site of an Indian mound. There is a large hill of earth in the cemetery, predating it, that resembles an Indian mound. In 1900 the sexton of the cemetery, Alfred Walker, reported finding projectile points and beads in the mound. His motivation for this report or what he actually found and how it got there remain a mystery. The mound has not piqued the interest of professional archaeologists.
Graves on a mound or hill in Avon Cemetery (photo: Bill Byrd, Sept. 2011)
Those most knowledgeable believe that the mound is thousands of years old and came into existence naturally. The last ice age created a glacial lake, Lake Warren, of which Lake Erie is one portion. Lake Warren partially dried up in the hotter Xerothermic period 4,000 to 8,000 years ago, following the retreat of the glaciers. In Avon, Ohio the new shoreline after Lake Warren’s retreat corresponds to that of present-day Lake Erie. It is hypothesized that the cemetery mound was a sand dune on a beach of ancient Lake Warren. Certainly the location is plausible. It is south of the North Ridge, the former location of Detroit Road. Prior to European settlement, the North Ridge had marked the boundary of the former lake Warren and also had been the site of an ancient path which the early Detroit Road followed.
Pictured above is a point a half mile southeast of the Huntington Road site to be discussed below. Mantle Road slopes down into the Grand River valley. On the horizon is the bluff on the west bank of the river. If not for the stop sign and utility poles, this view could plausibly be unchanged since almost 200 years ago. (Courtesy of Google Maps.)
Timeline Point II, The Middle Woodland Period: 100 BC – 700 AD, and Hopewell Mound Culture near Cleveland
Before delving into the specifics of Hopewell Culture, it is necessary to point out that Hopewell culture was not the only Middle Woodland culture in Northeast Ohio. However other Middle Woodland cultures, besides Hopewell, are hard to detect because life went on much as before. One such Middle Woodland, non-Hopewell site in Northeast Ohio is the
The Huntington Road site is in Painesville Township, Ohio. It is on the north bank of the Red Creek just east of where the creek enters the Grand River. This places the site a half mile west of the intersection of Fairport Nursery and Mantle Roads. Chesser and Snyder projectile points were found there. These were used by a number of Middle Woodland people besides the Hopewell. The pottery recovered from professional digging at Huntington was undecorated. The remains of vegetable matter were mainly nutshells. No evidence of the following prominent Hopewell traits were found:
a) agriculture with emphasis on tobacco b) ample earthen enclosures of a more elaborate nature than Adena predecessors 2. c) continent-wide trade networked) a wider variety and more elaborate decoration in functional art including pottery.
The Hopewell people (100-700 AD) were more agricultural and sedentary than their Adena predecessors. The large number of tobacco pipes that have been found in their burials suggest extensive tobacco farming. The characteristic Hopewell tobacco pipe is the animal effigy platform pipe. These pipes are truly works of art where the Hopewell displayed fine detail and realism. It would not be an exaggeration to say that among the Hopewell platform pipes found, hundreds of different animals and birds were depicted. This interest in animals was probably not mere design; it represented the elaborate spiritual belief system governing every aspect of Hopewell life. The Hopewell trade network was discriminating and extensive. The Hopewell people obtained obsidian from the Colorado area, marine shell from the Gulf of Mexico, native silver from Canada, large supplies of copper from upper Michigan and sizable quantities of mica from Appalachia. What materials from the Hopewell epicenter of Ohio the Hopewell in turn traded to others is less clear. The main native Hopewell material that has been found far away from Ohio was flint from Flint Ridge, a quarrying area in Licking County, southwest of what is now Newark. Archaeologist Brad Lepper thinks demand for this mediocre quality flint may have been for its “swirly”, multicolored appearance which may have assumed spiritual characteristics in the same way light-throwing mica did . People have marveled at the skill and imagination with which the Hopewell worked copper. The Hopewell hammered the native metal into highly decorative armor. One particularly ornate piece is a double eagle breastplate recovered at a Michigan Hopewell site. Similarly in the museum at Hopewell Culture National Historical Park there is a hammered copper three dimensional bear or pig that is believed to have been part of a headdress.
The Hopewell made their beautiful pottery without the aid of even a rudimentary potter’s wheel. They continued to use the stacked coil method of Adena times. The Hopewell also continued to cordmark their pottery and employed new decorative techniques such as stamping special ceremonial pieces with wood carvings.The perhaps most well known and most exquisite northern Ohio Hopewell artifact is an effigy-pipe found in the Esch Mound in Huron County. Though highly stylized, the effigy may represent an alligator. Like other Woodland Indians, the Hopewell built ceremonial earthen enclosures, near which mounds were sometimes located. At one time archaeologists thought Hopewell earthworks were built primarily for defense but recently have backed away from that hypothesis. For example at Ohio’s Fort Ancient and other Hopewell earthworks, trenches and moats were inside rather than outside the enclosure, and thus could not have served a defensive purpose.
Some Hopewell earthworks exhibited complex features not seen in earlier enclosures. For example some were built in an octagonal shape such as the Newark Octagon. Some earthworks served as calendars, both solar and lunar. This is true of Fort Ancient in Southwestern Ohio.
One Hopewell mound burial in Northeastern Ohio near Alliance in Mahoning County had an unusual and intriguing feature: Inside the earth mound some of the burials were organized around a floor mosaic in the shape of an eagle spreading its wings. The effigy was first sculpted in puddled clay; then white stones were laid over the clay form. The effigy was 32 feet by 16 feet in size. This Hopewell burial site is also known more picturesquely as the Temple of the Effigy. The eagle may have represented a particular Hopewell clan as other animal and bird imagery in burials represented other clans.
In Chillicothe, Ohio, the epicenter of Hopewell activity, archaeologists have found stone mosaic effigies on floors of mounds. In addition animal effigies made out of larger stones have been found directly under the outer layer of mounds’ soil.
Hopewell sites in Northern Ohio are few and far between. There are other less elaborate Middle Woodland sites in the area, such as the previously described Huntington Road site that fairly could not be considered Hopewell. The following attempts to be a reasonably complete list of truly Hopewell sites in Cuyahoga County and beyond. Hopewell site: Chagrin Mound 2, 33Cu2, Hunting Valley. This site also has a companion mound, Chagrin Mound 1 to which has been assigned an Adena cultural affiliation See Chagrin Mound 1 under Adena sites on this webpage for more precise site location information. Chagrin Mound 2 was also on James Graham’s property. On Sunday October 24, 1886 Robert Graham and family invited fellow relic collectors to the property for excavation of Mound 2. (The literature does not note whether Mound 2 was investigated prior to this date as well.) The dig was undertaken chiefly in a hobbiest spirit and in the interest of swelling the Grahams’ private artifact museum. A local newspaper reported that “the neighbors served refreshments and all reported a fine time.” The main evidence for assigning this mound to the Hopewell culture is the particular points found there. They displayed corner-notching and were made from the preferred pink and white flint from the Flint Ridge near what is now Newark, Ohio. Also contributing to the Hopewell identification were “a finely wrought pipe”, a piece of galena, a perforated piece of sandstone, several knives of chalcedony, and some stone discs found in the mound. One collector, known only as R. Evans, donated one of the knives to a local museum. See picture below.
Knife from Chagrin Mound 2. (Courtesy of Western Reserve Historical Society Tracts 85-91 {1886-1894}: 220.)
Hopewell site (or perhaps Adena):The Holtkamp Site, 33Cu78, Bentleyville, Ohio. This site with a colorful history overlooks the Chagrin River just south of where the river’s two branches split. The site was originally on Julius Kent’s land, several hundred feet southeast of his palatial residence. While the house if it still stood today would be on the west side of the Chagrin River in the metropark near the marked vistas for the bridal trail, the mound was on the portion of his property on the east side of the Chagrin River. All together this property, that included land on both sides of the river, was 211 acres in 1878. Its legal designation was Chagrin Falls Township Lot 4.
By 1878 Martin Bentley owned the land. By the 1900s the Foster family had acquired the property with the mound. Today it abuts Cleveland Metroparks’ South Chagrin reservation. The site consists of a mound that was opened in about 1840. Four stone unlidded coffins were found. One was child sized. The others were built for adults of larger size than the Indians that European settlers had encountered. Their large size and sophisticated stone technology, similar to certain other moundbuilders relics, fuelled prominent 19th Century racist ideology. This theorized incorrectly that the Ohio mound builders were somehow related to the Egyptians or members of other great Eurasian civilizations, perhaps a lost tribe of Israel. Euro-Americans who held such notions were also likely to be among the large group of believers that historic Indians encountered by Europeans were indeed “savage” and had wiped out the Moundbuilders.
The idea that the historic Indians were actually descended from the moundbuilders struggled to find an audience in the early19th Century. Crisfield Johnson, editor of History of Cuyahoga County, the source on the Chagrin “Crypt”, writing in 1879, voiced the more modern opinion, that the moundbuilders were in fact ancestors of historic Indians. This author however in his article also mentioned the competing idea that the moundbuilders were an “advanced” group unrelated to historic American Indians.
Perhaps the reason that the mound was first opened in 1840 but only added to a regional history some 39 years later was that in 1878 another excavation was undertaken at the mound and written up in a local newspaper. This later dig revealed a fifth coffin and also banded slate gorgets and at least one projectile point. The literature on the 1840 excavation mentioned no artifacts.
In the early 1900s prominent citizens Howard and Homer Foster attempted to do additional explorations at the mound site, but being superstitious types, curtailed their efforts only after a little digging; they thought they heard strange noises coming from the mound. As of the 1970s the mound stood over eight feet high and 20 feet wide.
This satellite photo of the Holtkamp site shows the east branch of the Chagrin River (black areas). Writer CT Blakeslee who owned this mill across the Chagrin River from Holtkamp, described 19th Century excavations at the mound as amateurish and destructive. See Blakeslee, CT. History of Chagrin Falls and Vicinity (Chagrin Falls: Friends of the Chagrin Falls Historical Scty, 1969) (reprint of 1874 manuscript) 2-5, 18-19 (Photo: ca. 1870s)
[Left] Julius Kent’s sumptuous Greek Revival house, pictured here, was torn down in the 1940s as it was in the way of a Miles Road bridge improvement project. See “Bridges Unsafe in Bentleyville.” Chagrin Valley Herald. 11/28/1946. 1.
Hopewell or Middle Woodland site: Gleeson Mound and Gleeson Village, 33Cu19, Valley View, Ohio. These sites are east of the Cuyahoga River and Canal Towpath. One is on the north side of Gleeson Drive, and the other is on the south side. They are not far from the Valley View municipal complex on Hathaway Road. Due to agriculture, not much of a mound remains. Snyder’s projectile points, indicative of Middle Woodland but not necessarily Hopewell occupation, were found at Gleeson’s Mound. Hopewell diagnostic ceramics were found at nearby Gleeson Village.
Middle Woodland Snyder’s Points from Gleeson Mound (Photo: Bush, D. 1975, Ohio Historical Scty.)
Hopewell site: Everett Mound, 33Su14. The Cleveland area’s most spectacular Hopewell site is the Everett Mound. It is in northern Summit County in the Cuyahoga Valley National Park. It is on a creek bluff off Everett Road on the north side of the Everett Covered Bridge and on the north side of Furnace Run creek. Less than a mile to the east is the Cuyahoga River, Riverview Road and the Ohio and Erie Canal/ Towpath. In 1856 during excavations to build a schoolhouse, copper tools, many sheets of mica and most interestingly a mound with a crypt-like hexagonal limestone enclosure were found at the site. MC Read in his important archaeological work of 1888, gave the location special attention. Whittlesey may have also taken note of it.
Archaeologist David Brose professionally excavated the Everett Mound site in 1974. He did not find native copper tools or additional quantities of mica, but did salvage artifacts which further corroborate a Hopewell association for the site. For example Brose found pottery sherds similar to those from major Hopewell sites downstate such as the Seip Mound in Bainbridge, Ohio and the elaborate Turner Mound group in Hamilton County, Ohio
Stone Hopewell bladelets from the Everett Site. Courtesy of National Park Service, Cuyahoga Valley National Park, www. nps.gov/cuva.
Timeline Point III, The Late Woodland Period near Cleveland: 500 AD – 900 AD
The land area corresponding to Northeast Ohio played a more prominent role in the Late Woodland Period than in the Early or Middle Woodland. A Late Woodland period site in Northeast Ohio, Greenwood Village, is one of the most important Late Woodland sites in what is now Ohio 4. The Late Woodland period occurred in last part of the first in Millennium AD, around the time of the perhaps parallel European “Dark Ages.” One possible reason for Woodland cultural decline at this time was scarcity of large game. Trade goods from afar such as obsidian vanished. Mica ceremonialism ceased. Art became simple. Yet in the Late Woodland period advancements in agriculture and technology took place, rendering the period no “dark ages” at all. Several important changes in applied technology occurred at the end of Late Woodland Period. One was the decline of maygrass in dietary importance. A second was the rise of underground pits for prolonged food storage. Both of these changes in diet resulted in freeing up energy previously used for food procurement. Pottery changed too by shifting to thinner, simpler types. This shift enabled cooking with pottery to occur at higher temperatures with longer times. In turn porridge became a dietary staple. Fed to infants, porridge enabled them to be weaned earlier; mothers could then have more children; human populations mushroomed. Another sign of progress in the Late Woodland Period was entrance into Ohio of the bow and arrow. Points launched by bows moved more swiftly and could be sent forth in greater succession than those launched by atlatl, the former chief hunting weapon 5. This change allowed for greater hunting success. Additionally bow-launched points had greater impact, further maximizing wild game harvesting.
Military and sacred earthworks continued to be erected in the Late Woodland period. Some Late Woodland and Late Prehistoric Period earthworks have remains of log stockades, and thus are considered to be more defensive than the Hopewell earthworks which preceded them. (Defensive use of the Greenwood Village earthworks is doubted however. See next paragraph) Burial mounds continued to be built though their building material transitioned from earth to stone. Grave goods became few and far between.
Late Woodland site: Greenwood Village, 33Su93, Sagamore Hills, Ohio.Greenwood Village is located atop a high narrow wooded plateau east of the Cuyahoga River and south of the intersection of Route 82 and Holzhauer Roads in present-day Sagamore Hills, Summit County. The site is within national park boundaries. In the 1970s archaeologists conducting reconnaissance in the Cuyahoga Valley realized that Greenwood Village corresponded to a site Charles Whittlesey had extensively described in the 19th Century and named Whittlesey Fort #5. (It is easy to overlook the site based on Whittlesey’s description because the earthen embankments he reported are now only two feet high.) Whittlesey himself, though naming the site a “fort”, had doubts to its military character:”There are no evidences of attacks by a foe, or of the destruction or overthrow of any of them….” He wrote. Archaeologist Stephanie Belovich, a chief excavator of the Greenwood site, found posthole-mold evidence of wooden palisades in front of certain of the earthen walls. Though these in a cursory analysis could be assumed to be ramparts, Belovich, also finding no further evidence of military activity at Greenwood, and substantial evidence of an erosion problem, theorized that the wooden structure was used in prehistoric times to forestall erosion. One piece evidence that the site may have been ceremonial rather than defensive lies in the fact that, as with other “Whittlesey Forts,” the users could have easily walked right in. Secondly evidence of domestic activity is limited to fire-pits used only a short time. There would have been no need to fortify such an area. On the other hand erosion has been an ongoing problem at the Greenwood site. It has been such a problem with increased use of the site in historic times that the plateau is even much narrower than it had been in Whittlesey’s day. Belovich in her survey of the area, strongly suspected that the two earth mounds that Whittlesey reported there were now part of a large slippage slope 20 feet lower than the rest of the plateau. The latest archaeological evidence gathered at Greenwood, largely by Belovich, challenge early 1970s evidence from a larger general area that Greenwood was primarily used in the Late Prehistoric period. Belovich finally found a stone floor reported by Whittlesey. Archaeologists often associate such use of stone in Ohio with the Woodland period. For example Fort Ancient, a Hopewell enclosure in southwest Ohio, has ample stone pavements. The radiocarbon dates obtained for Greenwood in the 1980s corresponded to a few centuries later with a mean date of 750 AD. The Greenwood stone artifacts by that time, the Early Late Woodland period, were in turn more simple than any Hopewell artifacts. Another feature of Greenwood is trademark Late Woodland pottery lacking decoration. The particular projectile point styles found also correspond to the Late Woodland. Nor is Greenwood Village an isolated Late Woodland phenomenon in the Cuyahoga Valley. At least one other nearby site has yielded lithic assemblages of similar appearance
Late Woodland site: Fort Hill, OH57. This site is in present-day North Olmsted, Ohio overlooking the Rocky River in Rocky River Metropark. The site consists of three earthen walls that acted to cordon off a point of land surrounded on the other three sides by water. The walls date to about 800 AD. Since no post-mold holes for any structure were found at the site, as with Greenwood, it is assumed to be ceremonial, not defensive. There is also evidence at Fort Hill for later use by Whittlesey people.
Fort Hill, North Olmsted, Ohio
Timeline Point IV, The Late Prehistoric Period: 900 AD – 1650 AD, and Whittlesey Culture near Cleveland
The Late Prehistoric period in northern Ohio between the Conneaut River in eastern Ashtabula County and the Black River in Lorain is distinguished by a marked culture that archaeologist Emerson Greenman named the Whittlesey Focus after Charles Whittlesey. Changes in pottery style and a transition to a more sedentary lifestyle characterized the Whittlesey Focus. In some ways the Whittlesey Focus displayed the insularity and isolation of the Late Woodland period. Local flint as opposed to that quarried far away became more popular for points and blades. The Hopewell level of trade was never re-established. Mounds and elaborate burials were rare in the Whittlesey Focus. Yet the Mid-Continental cultural blossoming inspired by Native Mexican developments, and called Mississippian culture, was present in the Whittlesey Focus. Two hallmarks of Mississippian culture seen in Northeast Ohio were rich ceremonialism and continued agricultural advancement. The flowering of Mississippian culture in Ohio is most associated with the Fort Ancient people near the Ohio River. In turn Fort Ancient civilization spread to the Whittlesey Focus and other cultures further north. Through Fort Ancient culture and the Mississippian influence, beans, originally from Mexico, came to dominate northern Ohio agriculture. Maize, also originally from Mexico, showed improved varieties among Whittlesey people. The Reeve Road site suggests increased tobacco culture; more smoking pipes were recovered there than at any other Ohio prehistoric site except the Mound City group, a well-known Hopewell complex in central Ohio.
Pottery found at some Whittlesey sites shows tempering with shell. Shell tempered pottery is more durable and heat resistant than grit-tempered pottery. Handles and stamped designs are other enhancements observed in Whittlesey pottery. Archaeologists found a Fort Ancient influence in the Whittlesey pottery at least four Northeast Ohio sites: Reeve Road, Fairport Harbor, Tuttle Hill and South Park. South Park and perhaps other local Whittlesey sites displayed further Mississippian influence in their elaborate art: Brose unearthed engravings with the trademark Fort Ancient “weeping eyes” as well as statuettes, headdresses and conch shell masks.
Specific Whittlesey Sites in and around Cleveland
Whittlesey site:Reeve Road, 33La4, 33La186, Eastlake, Ohio. Already in the 19th Century Charles Whittlesey knew of this artifact-rich site near the mouth of the Chagrin River in Eastlake, Ohio. In 1888 Whittlesey described the site as on a river bluff 35 feet high. He observed earthen walls of about 660 feet in length. The walls were so worn down as to be barely visible in height. Longtime artifact collectors on the site, the Worden Brothers, informed Whittlesey of two distinct walls about 16 1/2 feet apart in between which there had been a trench. The Wordens gave Whittlesey several bone awls, one of the most numerous artifacts in their collection from the site. Bone awls continued to be a prominent feature of Reeve site excavations which peaked in the 1970s. The Indian Museum of Lake County, a major repository of Reeve artifacts, counts 397 bone awls in their collections. The only Reeve site artifacts in the Museum’s collection more numerous than the awls are flint projectile points of which the Museum owns 707 and pottery sherds of which it holds 1216. Numerous bone awls also characterize the Fairport Harbor Whittlesey site in Lake County. By 1929 the Reeve site had come to the attention of the professional archaeological community. Mid-20th Century excavations revealed the many projectile points and tobacco pipes that now characterize the site. The largest artifact discoveries however were not made until 1973 when the property was sold to a condominium developer and water and gas lines dug. Local collectors descended on the site, taking all of interest that they could find until the site was closed off and the development completed. Several collectors formed the Lake County Chapter of the Ohio Archaeological Society which in 1980 started the Indian Museum of Lake County as a repository and display area for Reeve and other local artifacts.
At least two types of pottery were named after the Reeve Road site, for example Reeve Horizontal and Reeve Filleted. Reeve Horizontal is usually horizontally cordmarked with a distinguishing rim. Reeve’s Filleted is similar but with an additional strip of clay around the rim.
This is a type of projectile point that the Whittlesey people used. It was recovered from the Reeve site. (Photo courtesy of Ohio Historical Society, Digital Collections.)
Whittlesey site:Chagrin Long House, Hunting Valley, Ohio. This site is near an unidentified falls of the Chagrin River. This site illustrates Whittlesey construction. (For more information see “Whittlesey Site VI: Board of Education Building.”) Researchers found post-mold holes for a 50-foot long structure.
Below is a pottery vessel made by the Whittlesey people. It is from the South Park Village site (below). (Photo courtesy of the South Park Village Collection, Ohio Historical Society, Digital Collections.)
Example of the weeping eye motif, the particular example carved on a shell, National Park Service: “Study of Virginia Indians and Jamestown”, www.nps.gov/historyonline
Whittlesey site:South Park Village, 33Cu8, Independence, Ohio. This site consists of forty acres now in Cuyahoga Valley National Park; they’re on the west side of the Cuyahoga River, south of Tinker’s Creek, north of Pleasant Valley Road. South Park is one of the most revealing Whittlesey sites in Northeast Ohio. It has an extensive literature. The South Park site is so important that the descriptions in this article of both Whittlesey culture and specific sites could not have been written without South Park as a guide. One highlight of South Park is insight into the appearance of Fort Ancient cultural traits in northern Ohio. Extensive pottery with such Fort Ancient influences as handles and symmetrical decoration has been recovered from South Park. Pipes with the weeping eye motif have been found at South Park as well.
Example of the weeping eye motif, the particular example carved on a shell, National Park Service: “Study of Virginia Indians and Jamestown”, www.nps.gov/historyonline
Whittlesey site:Tuttle Hill, 33Cu7, Independence, Ohio. This site is east of Brecksville Road (State Route 21), north of Interstate 480, south of Granger Road and west of the Cuyahoga River. This is another of the earthen hilltop enclosures that Charles Whittlesey investigated in the 19th Century. Whittlesey called the site the Ancient Fort #3, Independence. The current name stems from Henry Tuttle, the owner of property in Whittlesey’s time. Twentieth Century industrialization totally wiped out the earthworks, the location of which presently is the Cloverleaf Bowling Alley on Brecksville Road. Whittlesey lamented about the wear from agriculture on the earthwork in his own time, describing the area as “mercilessly cropped.”
Tuttle Hill was the site of Emerson’s Greenman’s 1930 work which identified the Whittlesey Focus. Tuttle Hill also lends its named to a style of pottery which David Brose identified and called Tuttle Hill Notched. This style characterizes much of the pottery in the entire area. Far more of the type was uncovered at the larger nearby South Park Whittlesey site. It is a late pottery style, perhaps as recent as 1650 AD, the era of the last of the Whittlesey people. The style shows likely Fort Ancient influence. It has strap handles and decorations on the lip of the vessels corresponding to the handle points. The rim displays symmetrically placed decoration. The body can be stamped, cordmarked or plain. (To a layman the Tuttle Hill Notched type of pottery looks “fancier” than average Whittlesey pottery, and appear to have a “tee-pee” design on the body.) Despite their late date, and the recovery of well-preserved shell tempered specimens, actually local Tuttle-Notched pieces were not tempered with shell more than the slightly earlier Reeve pottery.
Tuttle-Hill Notched pottery shard. Courtesy of National Park Service, Cuyahoga Valley National Park: American Indians– Late Prehistoric, www.nps.gov/cuva
Whittlesey site: (private property) 33Cu20, Valley View, Ohio. Charles Whittlesey knew of this site and called it Ancient Fort #4, Southeast Independence. It is another upland riverside site. It has an ideal location at the southeastern juncture of the Tinker’s Creek and the Cuyahoga River. Whittlesey saw a single embankment and a mound, but no trench. Neighbors near the site could also not recall a trench by the embankment. Professional archaeological investigations over the years have determined that the site has been continuously occupied from the Archaic through Late Prehistoric periods. The embankment may be still visible.
Charles Whittlesey drew this diagram of 33Cu20 which he called Fort 4, Southeast Independence. See Whittlesey (1971) 47.
Whittlesey site:Outdoor Education Center (OEC) . This is an upland location in Independence, Ohio on Independence School System property; the location was once a Nike Missile Site. Fittingly for a site on school grounds, students as part of a joint university/ Cleveland Museum of History class in archaeological field methods, helped excavate OEC.
This site illustrates Whittlesey building construction. Post-mold holes near Whittlesey Focus diagnostic artifacts (pottery, Late Prehistoric triangular arrowheads) indicated Whittlesey building. The structures’ frames used uprooted saplings that were stuck in the ground, and then pulled to a central point and tied near the top. Whittlesey people then sided the structures with bark. Most such structures were used as permanent homes. Furthermore OEC was not only occupied in Late Prehistoric times, but continuously from the Late Archaic.. For example the Middle Woodland period is represented at the site via findings of “raccoon notched” projectile points.
The OEC site is in an isolated location overlooking the Cuyahoga River. (Photo courtesy of Google Maps.)
Whittlesey site: Hillside, 33Cu30, Independence, Ohio, Cuyahoga Valley National Park. Exploration of this site suggests it was a Whittlesey deer hunting camp. The site has also yielded Fort Ancient influenced ceramics.
Today the vicinity of the Hillside site ranges from scenic areas such as the Canal Trail Bridge (above) to a parking lot on Canal Road for a park visitor center. (Photo courtesy of Chanilim74, 2009, Google Earth photo 20318632.)
Whittlesey site:Birdsell, 33Cu252, Independence, Ohio, within Cuyahoga Valley National Park. This is one of the Cuyahoga River floodplains that have been attractive to humans in all eras for agriculture; in fact it has been cultivated in the last 20 years. Excavations suggest it was also a farm in Whittlesey times. Characteristic Whittlesey pottery sherds were found, as well as evidence that the Whittlesey people had contact with Prehistoric Iroquoian groups from further north.
This is how Birdsell would appear to someone standing on Canal Road looking west. In the foreground is the Ohio and Erie Canal. The Cuyahoga River is only 600 feet away, in front of the trees in the background. Yet it is not visible to the viewer at this angle. (Photo courtesy of Google Maps.)
Whittlesey site:Cary’s Field/ Valley View 16, 33Cu23. This site in Valley View, Ohio is across Tinker’s Creek from the just-described “Ancient Fort #4.” It is bounded by the Canal on the west and Tinker’s Creek Road on the north. The site has yielded Fort Ancient influenced ceramics. Archaeologists think the site was a Whittlesey farm.
Cary’s Field, like most of the other prehistoric floodplain farms in this study, continued its agricultural use into recent times
Whittlesey site:Golf, 33Cu 29, Walton Hills, Ohio. The present-day parking lot of Astorhurst Golf Course south of Tinker’s Creek and west of Dunham Road in Walton Hills, Ohio was the site of a small Whittlesey village.
The Golf site’s riverside location made it ideal for finding prehistoric artifacts. (Photo courtesy of Google Maps.)
Whittlesey sites: Vaughn and Riverview, 33Cu64, 33Cu65, 33Cu492, Brecksville, Ohio. The very southeast of Cuyahoga County holds at least three Whittlesey sites. One of these sites is an unaltered floodplain farm. Its present-day appearance may be close to what the Whittlesey people saw a millennium ago. One highlight of diagnostic artifacts from this site were three worked tortoise shells. Whittlesey sherds have also been found in the vicinity of the Brecksville sites.
Vaughn, Cu65, is in a quiet part of the national park on overgrown farm land, land that has been used agriculturally since time immemorial. (Photo courtesy of Google Maps.)
Whittlesey site:Gillie Rockshelter, 33Su20, Twinsburg, Ohio. This site just outside of Cuyahoga County north of Tinker’s Creek and east of Route 91 in an area park, furnishes further evidence for the Late Prehistoric habitation pattern in Northeast Ohio consisting of agricultural villages with satellite seasonal hunting camps along local streams. Gillie Rockshelter was such a camp.
Gillie Rockshelter is on high ground above Tinker’s Creek. (Image from U.S. Geological Survey, 1916, courtesy of railsandtrails.com/USGS1900/OH.)
Whittlesey site:Krill Cave, 33Su18, Bath, Ohio. Krill Cave is a misnomer. It is actually a rockshelter, in other words a natural rock overhang that offers shelter to humans on the otherwise open ground underneath. Krill Cave is less than a mile east of the Medina County line and just west of where Ira Road ends at Hametown Road. The site is a good ways southwest of the Cleveland area. I am including it in the study because of its uniqueness as a Northeast Ohio cave or rocksehlter that was continuously occupied by prehistoric people from the Late Archaic to the Late Prehistoric (Whittlesey) periods. Rockshelters such as Krill also should be mentioned because as a rich source of floral and faunal remains, they shed light on the diets of preshistoric people. Remains of 25 types of mammals and 10 species of birds have been found at Krill. These have shown that the diets of prehistoric people were more diverse than previously thought. Among the dietary remains found at Krill were bobcat, hawk, owl, passenger pigeon, ruffed grouse and woodcock.
Two creeks surround the Krill Cave area in a remote part of Northeast Ohio (Image from U.S. Geological Survey, 1916, courtesy of railsandtrails.com/USGS1900/OH.)
More Whittlesey sites: Many locations in Valley View, Independence and Brecksville, Ohio have borne Whittlesey-type artifacts. However the locations are too hard to describe, the data too inconclusive or specifics too lacking for inclusion in this article. The greater Cuyahoga Valley region literally contains more than 200 archaeological sites. They are too numerous to mention in this small article
The End of Prehistoric People in Northeast Ohio
Seventeenth Century French explorers and missionaries in what is now Ohio wrote of an absence of native peoples in the lands near the Cuyahoga River. The only Indians they knew of in the region between 1650-1730 were Iroquois hunting parties. Theories have long circulated as to what happened to the Whittlesey people whose artifacts date to as late as 1650. Some theory on the end of people indigenous to Northeast Ohio implicates the Iroquois. Other theory does not.
While there are many ideas as to what happened to the Northeast Ohio natives, this study will describe the four that I think are the most convincing. The first theory revolves around the so-called Indian Beaver Wars. Iroquois power peaked in about 1700. The Iroquois confederacy derived much of its material wealth and influence from fur-trapping and trading the pelts to the British, Dutch and to a lesser extent, French.. The Iroquois were always on the lookout for new territories in which to hunt beaver for their desirable fur. The Iroquois and indigenous Ohio Indians battled over fur hunting territories from around 1650 to around 1700. The Iroquois attacked weaker nations and usually won. European contact had vastly altered life among the six Iroquois nations, the Seneca, Cayuga, Oneida, Onondaga, Mohawk and Tuscarora, transforming them into commercial fur trappers. This level of trapping depleted animals valued for their fur in the Iroquois’ New York homelands. The Jesuit Relation group of missionary documents from New France relayed Iroquois people as saying that their travels revealed a stone age indigenous population near the Cuyahoga River that knew neither guns nor Europeans. Iroquois people allegedly stated that they planned to make war on these newly discovered people, and easily wipe them out with their modern arsenal of weapons. Whether or not the Whittlesey were the victims of a specific Iroquois campaign, archaeologists believe that Whittlesey society which was traditional, non-hierarchal and patriarchal would have had a difficult time adjusting to the arrival of Europeans and the shifting Native alliances that ensued. A best-case scenario is one of gradual out-migration of Whittlesey people to past points of contact with other people. The Whittlesey then would have been absorbed into other societies and ceased to be a distinct culture.
A third theory emphasizes that the isolated Whittlesey could not have survived diseases Europeans brought with them, and surely would have succumbed to illness. A fourth theory of Whittlesey disappearance entails some combination of the three just-mentioned theories. The Whittlesey could have been crushingly defeated by the Iroquois. Residual populations could have assimilated. Other survivors of war could have been wiped out by disease. https://sites.google.com/site/deepcovercleveland/home/prehistoric-indian-earthworks-in-the-city-of-cleveland-and-environs
For Notes See the Link Above and the work below”
Works Project Adm. (WPA). Annals of Cleveland: a Digest and Index of the Newspaper Record 3. Clvlnd: WPA , 1938, 4. [abstracted from Cleveland Herald Oct. 10, 1820 page 2, column]. COPYRIGHT 2011 LAURA PESKIN All Rights Reserved
Moroni’s America-Heartland Map Package- BOTH MAP Book’s + TRAVEL MAP Save 18%
Heartland Map Package: Moroni’s America-Maps Edition 150 Pages, AND Moroni’s America-Land Bountiful Edition 60 Maps. 210 Total Maps, PLUS receive the All-New 20″ x 30″ Folding Travel Map. Buy ALL THREE and Save 18%.
By Jennifer Chen, January 10, 2017 Chair, Accounting Department, BYU–Hawaii
“As most of you know, Chinese is considered the oldest continuously used writing system in the world. Unlike writing systems based on an alphabet, Chinese is built upon pictures and symbols to illustrate and communicate various meanings. For instance, here are several characters that represent natural elements and abstract concepts from their earliest to their current written format.
The first one is a circle with a dot in the middle of it which became more boxy, and then is currently written as this, signifying the sun or one day. This second character began as this picture, was simplified over time, and now is written as this. (See above) Hopefully, most of you can see how it still represents a mountain. The third one begins as this, eventually becoming more symmetrical and finally standardized as this. This character represents a natural creation with branches and roots. What is it? Yes, it is the word for wood or tree.
While the modern styles are more practical, looking at the ancient versions can be insightful and raise thought provoking questions. For example, the character for woman is like these, and modified over time. Looking into the earlier symbols for woman, it is interesting to note that she is carefully depicted as kneeling and with her arms folded in front of her, a position of reverence, worship, or prayer…
The character used to describe something large is the symbol for a man with his arms extended out as far as possible to form the character for big or great. When a line is added on the top of big or great, it indicates something that is even bigger than the greatest man, namely the sky or heaven.
This character is king. Similar to heaven, what do you think happens when a dot is added on top of the word for king? It’s an indication of someone even bigger or greater than a king. Do you have a word in mind? This character is used for a King of Kings, or a Lord.
Just from these basic examples, and given the pictographic and ideographic nature of the Chinese writing system, it makes logical sense that these characters may contain clues about what ancient Chinese people believed in during the 2000 year gap.” They Are Not Lost Unto the Father By Jennifer Chen, January 10, 2017 Chair, Accounting Department, BYU–Hawaii Video Here:
“Fu Xi and Nuwa are considered, in Chinese history, as the founders and first rulers of China. They are depicted on tapestries, stone and veils found in Chinese tombs.
Fu Xi is credited with bringing moral standards to China.
In the beginning there was as yet no moral or social order. Men knew their mothers only, not their fathers. When hungry, they searched for food; when satisfied, they threw away the remnants. They devoured their food hide and hair, drank the blood, and clad themselves in skins and rushes. Then came Fu Xi and looked upward and contemplated the images in the heavens, and looked downward and contemplated the occurrences on earth. He united man and wife, regulated the five stages of change, and laid down the laws of humanity. He devised the eight trigrams, in order to gain mastery over the world. — Ban Gu, Baihu tongyi
An ancient painting of Nüwa and Fuxi unearthed in Xinjiang, holding the tools of creation – compass and square.
Hugh Nibley gave a lecture in 1975 on “Sacred Vestments” which was later transcribed and included in the collected works volume Temple and Cosmos (pgs. 91-132). The entire paper is fascinating, and highly recommended reading. One of the things he wrote about were certain Chinese artifacts which had been found depicting two mythological gods, Nüwa and Fuxi, and the tools they hold:
Most challenging are the veils from Taoist-Buddhist tombs at Astana, in Central Asia, originally Nestorian (Christian) country, discovered by Sir Aurel Stein in 1925… We see the king and queen embracing at their wedding, the king holding the square on high, the queen a compass. As it is explained, the instruments are taking the measurements of the universe, at the founding of a new world and a new age.Above the couple’s head is the sun surrounded by twelve disks, meaning the circle of the year or the navel of the universe. Among the stars depicted, Stein and his assistant identified the Big Dipper alone as clearly discernable. As noted above, the garment draped over the coffin and the veil hung on the wall had the same marks; they were placed on the garment as reminders of personal commitment, while on the veil they represent man’s place in the cosmos. (pg. 111-12)
Nibley included drawings of this depiction found on veils in the Astana Tombs in Xinjiang, China, with a caption that reads:
In the underground tomb of Fan Yen-Shih, d. A.D. 689, two painted silk veils show the First Ancestors of the Chinese, their entwined serpent bodies rotating around the invisible vertical axis mundi. Fu Hsi holds the set-square and plumb bob … as he rules the four-cornered earth, while his sister-wife Nü-wa holds the compass pointing up, as she rules the circling heavens. The phrase kuci chü is used by modern Chinese to signify “the way things should be, the moral standard”; it literally means the compass and the square. (pg. 115)
See the photos in this post for more examples of this icon. The veil redrawn in Temple and Cosmos is shown photographed on the left.
Wikipedia notes, “Nüwa and Fuxi were pictured as having snake like tails interlocked in an Eastern Han dynasty (206 – 220 A.D.) mural in the Wuliang Temple in Jiaxiang county, Shandong province.” It also notes the various roles of Nüwa (and sometimes with Fuxi) in Chinese mythology:
Creator
Woman/Man
Mother
Goddess
Wife
Sister
Tribal leader (emperor)
Maintainer
Repairer
Sun god/moon god
Adam and Eve
Some have even suggested that “Nüwa” might be related to “Noah” from the Genesis account, with some parallels between the accounts, such as Nüwa’s sealing of the sky with five colored stones connected with Noah’s rainbow.
Another description of Nüwa and Fuxi and their tools is found in a book entitled The Magic Square: Cities in Ancient China by Alfred Schinz:
It appears from these legends that civilization, i.e. ordered human life, begins with two personages, both portrayed as being semi-human and with mermaid tails. (right) Nüwa and Fuxi, originally sister and brother, later became wife and husband after they had invented proper marriage procedures and family names to prevent marriages between people from the same family. Nüwa, in her own legend, had restored order between heaven and earth after a horrible catastrophe had caused heaven to tilt to the north so that it no longer covered all of the earth. This may refer to the first observation of the oblique elliptic and the angle of the pole star. Nüwa found it necessary to reestablish the four cardinal points, which she did, thereby creating the prerequisites for further observations. In the oldest pictures of her she carries a compass, the instrument related to heavenly observations. Her brother Fuxi became the first legendary emperor, which also implies the establishment of government, of law and order… On another, more practical level he is said to have invented axes for splitting wood, the carpenter’s square, ropes for hunting and fishing nets. It is worthy of special attention that the two words for compass and square, gui ju, used together denote -the rule, custom, usage- and -good behavior-, i.e., keeping order. Furthermore, it should be observed that the male-female system, the yang-yin philosophy, is expressed here in a complex manner, first as Fuxi and Nüwa, second as compass (male) and square (female), and third as Nüwa (female) with compass (male) and Fuxi (male) with square (female). The compass-square dichotomy is similar to the heaven-earth, yang-yin, relationship, which in this case means that man (Fuxi) establishes harmonious order between heaven and earth. This is also expressed in the Chinese character for king, wang, the upper and lower line indicating heaven and earth and the middle line man, all three connected by the vertical line. This represents the position and function of the ruler; it is he who establishes and keeps order by placing himself in a balanced and harmonious position between heaven and earth, so that yang and yin cooperate in a beneficial way.
[Caption] Fuxi and his sister Nüwa, he with the carpenter’s square and she with the pair of compasses. From the decoration incised in the wall of the Wu Lang tombs in Jiaxiang, Shandong, second century AD. The Chinese words for carpenter’s square, ju, and a pair of compasses, gui, together form the expression to establish order. This is what, according to their legends, Fuxi and Nüwa did. The carpenter’s square also stands for the square that is the symbol of the earth, while the pair of compasses represent the circle, the symbol of heaven. Fuxi, the male (yang), gives order to the earth (yin), and Nüwa, the female (yin), gives order to the heaven (yang).[1]
A book entitled The Mathematics of Egypt, Mesopotamia, China, India, and Islam by Victor J. Katz and Annette Imhausen relates a practical tradition about the use of these tools in Chinese history:
Here Fu Xi – the first of the “Three Sovereigns” – is shown on the right holding a ju or carpenter’s square. In some versions of this legend Fu Xi is said to have invented both the carpenter’s square and the compass, or gui – which is held in the above depiction by his consort Nü Wa (on the left). According to the Chronicles of the famous Chinese historian Sima Qian, the Emperor Yu of Xia (who reigned in the twenty-first century BCE), when attending to floods, carried with him “a plumbline in his left hand and a gnomon and compass in his right” in order to do the surveying required to bring the floods under control [Li and Du 1987, 3].[2]
The Silk Road by Susan Whitfield and Ursula Sims-williams connects the concepts of the compass and the square with the circle and the square:
In traditional Chinese cosmology the earth was square and the heavens round and thus Fuxi holds a set square to draw the former, and Nüwa a pair of compasses to draw the circle of the earth.[3]
Noted by Mark Edward Lewis in Writing and Authority in Early China, these symbols were used to represent cosmic order, a link between heaven and earth, and a favorable environment for the deceased:
This role of linking Heaven to Earth also figures in the depictions of Fu Xi and Nü Wa. First, in Han tombs their elongated, serpent bodies stretch from the bottom of the register to the top, and in later depictions this vertical ascent becomes even clearer. In Sichuan sarcophagi they play the iconographic role of the dragons on the Mawangdui banners who physically link the earthly realm to that of Heaven. This idea is reinforced through the regular inclusion of two other iconogrpahic traits. Fu Xi and Nü Wa are often depicted with the sun and moon, and they are shown holding a carpenters square (Fu Xi) and a drawing compass (Nü Wa). The former are metonyms for Heaven and the celestial equivalents of yin and yang. The latter suggests the linking of square Earth to the round Heaven. Most scholars agree that the role of the intertwined Fu Xi and Nü Wa was to depict the interaction of yin and yang that underlies cosmic order and thereby secure an auspicious environment for the denizen of the tomb.[4]
Santillana and Dechend offer more explanation for the figures of Nüwa and Fuxi:
The Chinese picture illustrates in true archaic spirit (which means that only hints are given, and the spectator has to work out for himself the significance of the details) the surveying of the universe. The two characters surrounded by constellations are Fu Hsi and Nu Kua, i.e., the craftsman god and his paredra, who measure the “squareness of the earth” and the “roundness of heaven” with their implements, the square with the plumb bob hanging from it, and the compass. The intertwined serpent-like bodies of the deities indicate clearly enough, although in a peculiar “projection,” circular orbits intersecting each other at regular intervals. [5]
In the picture left, “Fuxi and his sister Nüwa, he with the carpenter’s square and she with the pair of compasses. From the decoration incised in the wall of the Wu Lang tombs in Jiaxiang, Shandong, second century AD. The Chinese words for carpenter’s square, ju, and a pair of compasses, gui, together form the expression to establish order. This is what, according to their legends, Fuxi and Nüwa did. The carpenter’s square also stands for the square that is the symbol of the earth, while the pair of compasses represent the circle, the symbol of heaven. Fuxi, the male (yang), gives order to the earth (yin), and Nüwa, the female (yin), gives order to the heaven (yang).” Schinz, The Magic Square: Cities in Ancient China, 25-26, link
Nüwa and Fuxi in Chinese Mythology continues, “In another place some Chinese commentators have noted the uses of these tools in construction or building:
All “great instruments” were invented by the ancients to help lesser men “first rule the self and then rule others.” Although all are needed in construction, by no means do all these tools work in the same way. Level and line determine straight horizontal and vertical lines, while compass and square are needed to form perfect circles and corners. By analogy, each of the social institutions, including ritual, has its own function in building civilization, with each addressing a separate human need. It is characteristic of the sage-ruler that he always knows which tool to apply to the specific problem at hand.[6]
There are probably hundreds of other sources which describe these symbols in Chinese tradition and mythology. You can find more by doing a Google Books search for “nuwa square compass.”
I’ve done some image searching and these two figures are almost always depicted holding the same symbols in their hands, and which have been described by many different scholars as the tools of creation and divine order. See the images below.
Where is the Border of the Lamanites the Lord speaks of in D&C 28 & 54?
“Wherefore, go to now and flee the land, lest your enemies come upon you; and take your journey, and appoint whom you will to be your leader, and to pay moneys for you. And thus you shall take your journey into the regions westward, unto the land of Missouri, unto the borders of the Lamanites.” D&C 54:7-8
“Hearken, O ye elders of my church, saith the Lord your God, who have assembled yourselves together, according to my commandments, in this land, which is the land of Missouri, which is the land which I have appointed and consecrated for the gathering of the saints. Wherefore, this is the land of promise, and the place for the city of Zion. And thus saith the Lord your God, if you will receive wisdom here is wisdom. Behold, the place which is now called Independence is the center place; and a spot for the temple is lying westward, upon a lot which is not far from the courthouse.” D&C 57:1-3
Not Guatemala nor Jordan
The Scriptures are clear that Missouri is the Promised Land, and Independence is its Center place, and the borders of Missouri (West of the Mississippi) are where the Lamanites lived. Our scriptures don’t mean that Illinois or Iowa are not beautiful and special lands. It just means Missouri and specifically Independence was chosen by the Lord. Doesn’t it make sense that Guatemala, Mesoamerica, Iran and Jordan are not the specific Promised Lands spoken of?
Some may say, well, the Promised Land is not just in Missouri it is all of North and South America. That raises a question. Don’t we know the Land of Israel was also a Promised Land, which doesn’t include Egypt, Syria, Iraq and Iran does it? Sure there are good lands outside of Jerusalem and Independence, MO, but surely these further away places are not “the” Promised Land that was chosen to have the Lords people live were they? The Lord can’t have Guatemala or Jordan be the places from which the gospel spread from.
President Hinckley said, “I should like to say a few words about America…. No land is without its beauty, no people without their virtues, and I hope that you who come from elsewhere will pardon my saying a few words concerning my own native land, America. I know that she has problems. We have heard so much of them for so long. But surely this is a good land, a choice land, a chosen land. To me it is a miracle, a creation of the Almighty….” Gordon B. Hinckley, Let Not Your Heart Be Troubled 1974.
As you research the map above, you will realize that Joseph Smith was referring to north and south in regards to the USA not in relationship to north and south America, if not, New Jerusalem is not in the middle of north and south America, but New Jerusalem or MO, IS in the middle of the USA.
Misunderstood Quote
“You know there has been great discussion in relation to Zion–where it is, and where the gathering of the dispensation is, and which I am now going to tell you. The prophets have spoken and written upon it; but I will make a proclamation that will cover a broader ground. The whole of America is Zion itself from north to south, and is described by the Prophets, who declare that it is the Zion where the mountain of the Lord should be, and that it should be in the center of the land. When Elders shall take up and examine the old prophecies in the Bible, they will see it.” President Joseph Smith’s Remarks–The Whole of America Zion–April Conference, 1844 Section Six 1843-44, p.362 See more here: https://bookofmormonevidence.org/the-most-misunderstood-quote-by-mesoamerican-theorists/
“Because of his faithfulness and integrity, Joseph received greater blessings than the progenitors of Jacob, and was rewarded with the land of Zion. His brothers, with malicious intent, separated him and cast him out from among them. The Lord, in rewarding him, separated him from his brothers — the other tribes of Israel — and gave him an inheritance in a land that is choice above all other lands, which, we have learned from the Book of Mormon and modern revelation, is America… We are informed in the revelations given to Joseph Smith the Prophet, that the city of Zion and the New Jerusalem is one and the same. In a number of revelations the Lord speaks of the New Jerusalem which is to be built…” Zion and Jerusalem by Joseph Fielding Smith, Improvement Era Vol. 22 JULY 1919 More explanation here from Jonathan Neville Blog Here
The New Jerusalem
“And now, behold, I say unto you that it is not revealed, and no man knoweth where the cityZion shall be built, but it shall be given hereafter. Behold, I say unto you that it shall be on the borders by the Lamanites.” D&C 28:9
“And behold, and lo, this shall be their cry, and the voice of the Lord unto all people: Go ye forth unto the land of Zion, that the borders of my people may be enlarged, and that her stakes may be strengthened, and that Zion may go forth unto the regions round about.” D&C 133:9
“Wherefore I, the Lord, have said, gather ye out from the eastern lands, assemble ye yourselves together ye elders of my church; go ye forth into the western countries.” D&C 45:64 “And it shall be called the New Jerusalem, a land of peace, a city of refuge, a place of safety for the saints of the Most High God;” D&C 45:66
“I shall prepare, an Holy City, that my people may gird up their loins, and be looking forth for the time of my coming; for there shall be my tabernacle, and it shall be called Zion, a New Jerusalem.” Moses 7:62
The Lord’s choice of North America as the Promised Land was not chosen as the Land where the most special people live. It wasn’t chosen because the Lord loved the people in North America more than in other countries. The people who live in America are not any more special than people in other countries.
Gordon B. Hinckley “No land is without its beauty”
Pres Hinckley said,””I should like to say a few words about America…. No land is without its beauty, no people without their virtues, and I hope that you who come from elsewhere will pardon my saying a few words concerning my own native land, America. I know that she has problems. We have heard so much of them for so long. But surely this is a good land, a choice land, a chosen land. To me it is a miracle, a creation of the Almighty….” Gordon B. Hinckley, Let Not Your Heart Be Troubled 1974.
North America is a CHOICE LAND because He chose it as the place where people would make a Covenant with Him to utilize this land as a place of restoration, and a place where the climate was right to prepare and send missionaries all over the world from this land to build His Kingdom on the entire earth.
Bishop Whitney “No other land had such liberal institutions”
“In culmination of the grand scheme of schemes, this great nation, the Republic of the United States, might be established upon this land as an asylum for the oppressed; a resting place, it might be said, for the Ark of the covenant, where the temple of our God might be built; where the plan of salvation might be introduced and practiced in freedom, and not a dog would wag his tongue in opposition to the purposes of the Almighty. We believe that this was His object in creating the Republic of the United States; the only land where his work could be commenced or the feet of his people find rest. No other land had such liberal institutions,had adopted so broad a platform upon which all men might stand. We give glory to those patriots for the noble work they did; but we give the first glory to God, our Father and their Father, who inspired them. We take them by the hand as brothers. We believe they did nobly their work, even as we would fain do ours, faithfully and well, that we might not be recreant in the eyes of God, for failing to perform the mission to which He has appointed us.” Bishop Orson F. Whitney, delivered in the Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, Sunday Afternoon, April 19, 1885. Reported by John Irvine. Journal Discourses Volume 26 Page 201
Mark E. Petersen “I do not believe that there were two Hill Cumorahs”
Elder Peterson also said, “I do not believe that the classrooms or the pulpits of our Church are for laboratory purposes in which to experiment with new doctrines and speculative notions. They are exclusively for the use of those who are willing to convert men and women and boys and girls to the truth. . . . I do not believe we should give credence to the highly speculative theories about Book of Mormon geography.I do not believe that there were two Hill Cumorahs, one in Central America and the other one up in New York, for the convenience of the Prophet Joseph Smith, so that the poor boy would not have to walk clear to Central America to get the gold plates. I do not believe we can be good Latter-day Saints and question the integrity of Joseph Smith. I do not believe we can be good Latter-day Saints and question the testimony of the eleven witnesses of the Book of Mormon. I do not believe you have a testimony of the truth if you question the accuracy of the translation of the Book of Mormon.” Mark E. Petersen LDS Conference Reports, Sunday afternoon, April 5, 1953
From another source Elder Peterson says, “And it meaneth that the time cometh that after all the house of Israel have been scattered and confounded [the scattering of the ten tribes and the Jews to all parts of the world], that the Lord God will raise up a mighty nation among the Gentiles, yea, even upon the face of this land [the United States]; and by them shall our seed be scattered. [Through the Indian wars the Indians were scattered by the early Americans.]
And after our seed is scattered the Lord God will proceed to do a marvelous work among the Gentiles, which shall be of great worth unto our seed; wherefore, it is likened unto their being nourished by the Gentiles and being carried in their arms and upon their shoulders.
And it shall also be of worth unto the Gentiles; and not only unto the Gentiles but unto all the house of Israel, unto the making known of the covenants of the Father of heaven unto Abraham, saying: In thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed. [1 Nephi 22:7–9]
What does that language mean? It means that in the latter days upon this Western Hemisphere a great nation of the gentiles would be established and that from this nation of the gentiles the true restored gospel would be taken to all the house of Israel all over the world. The Savior said essentially the same thing, and I would like to read just one verse that he said in regard to this subject. He also was talking about the gentiles who would occupy this land in these latter days:
For it is wisdom in the Father that they [the gentiles] should be established in this land, and be set up as a free people by the power of the Father, that these things [the gospel] might come forth from them unto a remnant of your seed, that the covenant of the Father may be fulfilled which he hath covenanted with his people, O house of Israel. [3 Nephi 21:4]
Here is the Savior of the world talking to these Nephites in America after his resurrection, telling them that in the latter days many gentiles would come to this land and that the Lord God would establish a mighty nation among them here in this land for one purpose: that these gentiles to whom the gospel would be restored would take it to the rest of the world. Isn’t this significant scripture? The Great Prologue by Mark E. Petersen.
Elder Peterson from the same book says, “You from other lands don’t need to become jealous of America. Who is jealous of Palestine, where Jesus was born? We are not jealous of the country; we merely recognize the hand of God in sending him there. We must also recognize the hand of God in sending the gospel to this land. We learn to love America because it is God’s land!” The Great Prologue Mark E. Petersen of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles September 29, 1974
Thomas S. Monson “there would be a climate”
“The Lord gave a divine promise to the ancient inhabitants of this favored country (the United States): ‘Behold, this is a choice land, and whatsoever nation shall possess it shall be free from bondage, and from captivity, and from all other nations under heaven, if they will but serve the God of the land, who is Jesus Christ” (Ether 2:12). Our Heavenly Father inspired the leaders of…the United States of America, that they might together, under His direction, having been raised up by God for the purpose, establish the Constitution of this country and…Bill of Rights, that by the year of our Lord 1805 [there would be] a climate where our Heavenly Father could send into this period of mortality a choice spirit who would be known as Joseph Smith, Jr.” Teachings of Thomas S. Monson by Thomas S. Monson 2011
Ezra Taft Benson “The Lord’s base of operations today”
“I bear witness to you that America’s history was foreknown to God; that His divine intervention and merciful providence have given us both peace and prosperity in this beloved land; that through His omniscience and benevolent design, He selected and sent some of His choicest spirits to lay the foundation of our government. These men were inspired of God to do the work which they accomplished. They were not evil men. Their work was a prologue to the restoration of the gospel and the church of Jesus Christ. It was done in fulfillment of the ancient prophets who declared that this was a promised land, “a land of liberty unto the Gentiles,” and that is us. I testify to all of you—young and old—that God, our Heavenly Father, and His Son Jesus Christ have visited this land. They appeared in the state of New York to Joseph Smith, Jr. I testify that their appearance was a reality. Since that time the work of God has moved forward under the inspired leadership and prophetic direction of Joseph Smith, Brigham Young, John Taylor, Wilford Woodruff, Lorenzo Snow, Joseph F. Smith, Heber J. Grant, George Albert Smith, David O. McKay, Joseph Fielding Smith, Harold B. Lee, and our prophet today, Spencer W. Kimball. This is the kingdom which Daniel of old saw in vision—a kingdom “which shall never be destroyed: and . . . shall not be left to other people” (Daniel 2:44). This Church and kingdom is on course in fulfilling its prophetic destiny. I testify that this is the Lord’s church. He presides over it and is close to His servants. He is not an absentee master; of that you can be assured. Yes, you young people are privileged to live in this choice land—a land of Zion—a land reserved for the second coming of our Lord and Savior, and the Lord’s base of operations today. When all these events are finished and written, we will look back and not be astonished to see that the prophecies, ancient and modern, about this land and these events were but our history in reverse. For that is what prophecy is. May God bless us all to be faithful and true to this vision and to uphold, sustain, and defend this nation, its founders, and the kingdom of God, in the name of Jesus Christ. Amen.” The Teachings of Ezra Taft Benson
To me the United States is not just another nation. It is not just one of a family of nations. The United States is a nation with a great mission to perform for the benefit and blessing of liberty-loving people everywhere.” The Teachings of Ezra Taft Benson pp. 587-88
Clearly prophets say that the Lord chose THIS LAND to be the base of His restoration message to the world. The United States was the only place where the proper climate or environment existed with such liberal institutions as it was a melting pot of ideas about freedom of expression and tolerance for all religions. That condition did not exist in communistic, controlled, socialized or marxist countries. Only here in the United States could the truth of the restored gospel come from.
In the title don’t think of Pre-Judgement as a predetermined situation. Predestination is not Foreordination. Even though the Lord has infinite ability to understand things before they happen, the Lord in no way takes away our Moral Agency. The Lords law states that whatever we choose, there is a blessing and a curse that are associated with each choice we make. But we have our freedom to choose but we cannot choose the consequence of our choice.
In Pre-Mortality we had choices which we freely made, and it is many of those choices which most likely allowed us to be born into the situations, family, and country we were.
Harold B. Lee, David O. Mckay, LeGrand Richards, and Alvin R. Dyer speak about this idea below. I don’t believe this idea is necessarily “Doctrine” of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, but it makes sense to me. We are always free to choose but we are not free to choose the consequences of that choice. It makes sense that God did not place us where He wanted us, but rather we choose through our free will and actions, where we would be placed on earth, in order to have the most fair chance of getting back to our Father in Heaven. God is no respecter of persons and loves us all the same.
David O. Mckay
““Revelation assures us that [the Father’s] plan antedates man’s mortal existence, extending back to man’s pre-existent state. In that pre-mortal state were “intelligences that were organized before the world was; and among all these were many of the noble and great ones; And God saw these souls that they were good, and he stood in the midst of them, and he said: These I will make my rulers; for he stood among those that were spirits, and he saw that they were good. (Abr. 3:22-3)
“Manifestly, from this revelation, we may infer two things: first, that there were among those spirits different degrees of intelligence, varying grades of achievement, retarded and advanced spiritual attainment; second, that there were no national distinctions among those spirits such as Americans, Europeans, Asiatics, Australians, etc. Such “bounds of habitation” would have to be “determined” when the spirits entered upon their earthly existence or second estate. . . .
“. . . Songs of expectant parents come from all parts of the earth, and each little spirit is attracted to the spiritual and mortal parentage for which the spirit has prepared itself.
“Now if none of these spirits was permitted to enter mortality until they all were good and great and had become leaders, then the diversity of conditions among the children of men as we see them today would certainly seem to indicate discrimination and injustice. But if in their eagerness to take upon themselves bodies, the spirits were willing to come through any lineage for which they were worthy, or to which they were attracted, then they were given the full reward of merit, and were satisfied, yes, and even blessed.
“Accepting this theory of life, we have a reasonable explanation of existent conditions in the habitations of man. How the law of spiritual attraction works between the spirit and the expectant parents, has not been revealed, neither can finite mind fully understand.
By analogy, however, we can perhaps get a glimpse of what might take place in that spirit world. In physics we refer to the law of attraction wherein some force acting mutually between particles of matter tends to draw them together and to keep them from separating. In chemistry, there is an attractive force exerted between atoms, which causes them to enter into combination. We know, too, that there is an affinity between persons – a spiritual relationship or attraction wherein individuals are either drawn towards others or repelled by others. Might it not be so in the realm of spirit – each individual attracted to the parentage for which it is prepared. Our place in this world would then be determined by our own advancement or condition in the pre-mortal state, just as our place in our future existence will be determined by what we do here in mortality.
“When, therefore, the Creator said to Abraham, and to others of his attainment, “You I will make my rulers,” there could exist no feeling of envy or of jealousy among the millions of other spirits, for those who were “good and great” were but receiving their just reward. . . .
“By the operation of some eternal law with which man is yet unfamiliar, spirits come through parentages for which they are worthy – some as Bushmen of Australia, some as Solomon Islanders, some as Americans, as Europeans, as Asiatics, etc., etc., with all the varying degrees of mentality and spirituality manifest in parents of the different races that inhabit the earth.
“Of this we may be sure, each was satisfied and happy to come through the lineage to which he or she was attracted and for which, and only which, he or she was prepared.”
– David O. McKay, in Jerreld Newquist, ed., “Prophets, Principles, and National Survival,” 499-501
Harold B. Lee said, “You are now born into a family to which you have come, into the nations through which you have come, as a reward for the kind of lives you lived before you came here”, and in LeGrand Richards book on a chapter page said, “Jacob’s Sons Not to Share Equally in the Lord’s Blessings.” (Full quotes below)
Live Above the Law to be Free
“The story of Joseph, the son of Jacob who was called Israel, is a vivid representation of the great truth that ‘all things work together for good to [those] who loved God.’ (See Rom. 8:28.) Joseph always seemed to do the right thing; but still, more importantly, he did it for the right reason. And how very, very significant that is! Joseph was sold by his own brothers as a slave and was purchased by Potiphar, a captain of the guard of Pharaoh. But even as an indentured servant, Joseph turned every experience and all circumstances, no matter how trying, into something good.
“This ability to turn everything into something good appears to be a godly characteristic. Our Heavenly Father always seems able to do this. Everything, no matter how dire, becomes a victory to the Lord. Joseph, although a slave and wholly undeserving of this fate, nevertheless remained faithful to the Lord and continued to live the commandments and made something very good of his degrading circumstances. People like this cannot be defeated, because they will not give up. They have the correct, positive attitude, and Dale Carnegie’s expression seems to apply: If you feel you have a lemon, you can either complain about how sour it is, or you can make a lemonade. It is all up to you.” (Hartman Rector, Jr., “Live above the Law to Be Free,” Ensign, Jan. 1973, p. 130.)
What Criterion Was Used in Determining Which Tribes Would Have Prominence? Genesis 49:1–33.
LeGrand Richards, Israel Do You Know
Elder Legrand Richards said, “Through a careful study and consideration of the blessings of the Lord pronounced through Jacob, upon his twelve sons, it is evident that they were not to share equally in the promises of the Lord.
“It is evident that the blessings given to Judah and Joseph were choice above the blessings pronounced upon their brothers.” (Richards, Israel! Do You Know? pp. 9–10.) Source
“Jacob’s Sons Not to Share Equally in the Lord’s Blessings… Through a careful study and consideration of the blessings of the Lord pronounced through Jacob, upon his twelve sons, it is evident that they were not to share equally in the promises of the Lord…” Page 9
“It is evident that the blessings given to Judah and Joseph were choice above the blessings pronounced upon their brothers…” Page 10
“Isaiah saw downfall of, Asher, son of Jacob not to share equally… Benjamin, son of Jacob, not to share equally… Dan, son of Jacob, not to share equally…” Page 245
“Gad, son of Jacob, not to share equally…” Issachar, son of Jacob, not to share equally…” Page 246
“Jacob’s sons not to share equally…” Page 248
“Levi, son of Jacob, not to share equally…” Page 249
“Naphtali, son of Jacob, not to share equally…” Page 250
LeGrand Richards, Israel Do You Know pages 9,10,245, 248, 249, and 250
One’s activities in his premortal life had an influence on his being born into a particular situation on this earth. President Harold B. Lee made this observation:
“‘When the most High divided to the nations their inheritance, when he separated the sons of Adam, he set the bounds of the people according to the number of the children of Israel.’ (Deut. 32:8.)
“Now, mind you, this was said to the children of Israel before they had arrived in the ‘Promised Land,’ which was to be the land of their inheritance.
“Then note this next verse: ‘For the Lord’s portion is his people; Jacob is the lot of his inheritance.’ (Deut. 32:9.)
“It would seem very clear, then, that those born to the lineage of Jacob, who was later to be called Israel, and his posterity, who were known as the children of Israel, were born into the most illustrious lineage of any of those who came upon the earth as mortal beings.
Understanding Who We Are Brings Self-Respect President Harold B. Lee Address delivered at the Friday morning session, October 5, 1973
“All these rewards were seemingly promised, or foreordained, before the world was. Surely these matters must have been determined by the kind of lives we had lived in that premortal spirit world. Some may question these assumptions, but at the same time they will accept without any question the belief that each one of us will be judged when we leave this earth according to his or her deeds during our lives here in mortality. Isn’t it just as reasonable to believe that what we have received here in this earth life was given to each of us according to the merits of our conduct before we came here?” (“Understanding Who We Are Brings Self-Respect,” Ensign, Jan. 1974, p. 5.)
In Deuteronomy 33:6–29, Moses recounted again the blessings given to each tribe. This passage should be studied and compared to Jacob’s original blessings recorded in Genesis 49.
“When the most High divided to the nations their inheritance, when he separated the sons of Adam, he set the bounds of the people according to the number of the children of Israel.” (Deut. 32:8.)
Now, mind you, this was said to the children of Israel before they had arrived in the “Promised Land,” which was to be the land of their inheritance.
Then note this next verse: “For the Lord’s portion is his people; Jacob is the lot of his inheritance.” (Deut. 32:9.)
It would seem very clear, then, that those born to the lineage of Jacob, who was later to be called Israel, and his posterity, who were known as the children of Israel, were born into the most illustrious lineage of any of those who came upon the earth as mortal beings.
All these rewards were seemingly promised, or foreordained, before the world was. Surely these matters must have been determined by the kind of lives we had lived in that premortal spirit world.Some may question these assumptions, but at the same time they will accept without any question the belief that each one of us will be judged when we leave this earth according to his or her deeds during our lives here in mortality. Isn’t it just as reasonable to believe that what we have received here in this earth life was given to each of us according to the merits of our conduct before we came here?
Now there is another important understanding that we have from the scriptures. We are all free agents, which means to some people who manifest a spirit of rebellion that they are free to do anything they please, but that is not the correct meaning of free agency as the prophets have declared in the scriptures where free agency has been defined. I quote:
“Wherefore, men are free according to the flesh; and all things are given them which are expedient unto man. And they are free to choose liberty and eternal life, through the great mediation of all men, or to choose captivity and death, according to the captivity and power of the devil; for he seeketh that all men might be miserable like unto himself.” (2 Ne. 2:27.)
“So the Old Testament prophets declared with respect to death: “Then shall the dust [meaning our mortal bodies] return to the earth as it was: and the spirit shall return unto God who gave it.” (Eccl. 12:7.)
Obviously we could not return to a place where we had never been, so we are talking about death as a process as miraculous as birth, by which we return to “our Father who art in heaven,” as the Master taught his disciples to pray.
A further truth is clearly set forth in that scripture [Abr. 3:22–23], that many were chosen, as was Abraham, before they were born, as the Lord told Moses and also Jeremiah. This was made still more meaningful by the Latter-day prophet, Joseph Smith, who declared, “I believe that every person who is called to do an important work in the kingdom of God, was called to that work and foreordained to that work before the world was.” Then he added this, “I believe that I was foreordained to the work that I am called to do.” (See Documentary History of the Church, vol. 6, p. 364.)
But now there is a warning: Despite that calling which is spoken of in the scriptures as “foreordination,” we have another inspired declaration: “Behold, there are many called, but few are chosen. …” (D&C 121:34.)
This suggests that even though we have our free agency here, there are many who were foreordained before the world was, to a greater state than they have prepared themselves for here. Even though they might have been among the noble and great, from among whom the Father declared he would make his chosen leaders, they may fail of that calling here in mortality. Then the Lord poses this question: “… and why are they not chosen?” (D&C 121:34.)
Now then, to make a summary of what I have just read, may I ask each of you again the question, “Who are you?” You are all the sons and daughters of God. Your spirits were created and lived as organized intelligences before the world was. You have been blessed to have a physical body because of your obedience to certain commandments in that premortal state. You are now born into a family to which you have come, into the nations through which you have come, as a reward for the kind of lives you lived before you came hereand at a time in the world’s history, as the apostle Paul taught the men of Athens and as the Lord revealed to Moses, determined by the faithfulness of each of those who lived before this world was created.” Harold B. Lee 1974
For What Purpose? Alvin R. Dyer
“Why is it that you are born today instead of 2,000 years ago? Why is it that you are sitting in this room today and were for some reason, not born in the day of Moses or in the day when Christ was upon the earth? Or do you think that is just something haphazard – that it just happened that way – that nobody had anything to do with it?…
Why is it that you were kept in the Spirit World until the last dispensation to come forth among the children of men? Was there any reason for that, and who decided it?…
I will read to your from the Book of Abraham in the Pearl of Great Price, “And the Lord said unto me,” speaking to Abraham, “These two facts do exist, that there are two spirits, one being more intelligent than the other; there shall be another more intelligent than they,” indicating that in the pre-existence there are three divisions of spirits. “These two facts do exist, that there are two spirits, one being more intelligent than the other; there shall be another more intelligent than they; I am the Lord thy God, I am more intelligent than they all.”
This statement of Abraham’s is directly connected with the degrees of glory because we taught that when people die, all shall be resurrected who are born in this life – sons of perdition and all. They are then, after the Spirit World, assigned into one of these three degrees of glory – the Celestial, the Terrestrial, and the Telestial…
The suggestion here by Abraham is that they were born into this life with the same degree of division. There were three divisions of mankind in the pre-existence, and when you are born into this life, you are born into one of three divisions of people. There is an imposed judgment placed upon everyone who leaves the Spirit World, just as there will be when they leave this life and go into one of the three places.When they left the Spirit World, they had already been judged by what they had done in the Spirit World and in their previous life…
This is not like any other day in the history of the world. The Lord now is preparing to establish His Kingdom – the kingdom that will govern the earth for 1000 years before we go into the judgment period that leads into the establishment of the degrees of glory. In consequence of that, He has wisely chosen the ones that are to come into the world in this day and age. It is a battle. He fought the power of Lucifer, in the pre-existence. He had to use His best spirits to defend Him, and here again He will have to do the same thing and He knows that. Now what does that mean in a probation?…” For what Purpose by Alvin R. Dyer Talk given: March 18, 1961 Oslo, Norway Missionary Conference
The purpose of the information below is to share with you significant archaeological evidence for Historical Native American burials and the possible ancient Hopewell and Adena Culture near the Hill Cumorah Land. This article will show evidence of mound sites and burials at many places in New York.
There is other evidence shown at the links below of fortifications, pottery, copper, weapons, palisades, forts, mass burials, mounds, tools and other artifacts all around this land in Upstate NY. See books below:
I believe the Hopewell culture matches up with the Nephite culture extraordinarily well. The Hopewell originated in 600 BC at the panhandle of Florida from Crystal River to Pensacola, Florida. History documents this. The Hopewell then traveled north into Georgia and Tennessee. There is evidence of a huge society of the Hopewell from Missouri to Illinois to Indiana and then to Ohio which was the dominant historical area of this people. History shows the end of the Hopewell civilization around the year 400 AD near Hill Cumorah in New York. Historians say the Hopewell just disappeared and historians have no idea what happened. I feel I have a good idea. The final battle at Cumorah was 385 AD. This is some of the best evidence of a possible link to the Hopewell and the Nephites.
This account below was taken from William Martin Beauchamp, “Perch Lake Mounds, with notes on other New York mounds, and some accounts of Indian trails.”
New York Mounds
A few supplementary remarks may be made on other mounds in New York, the larger part of the State having none, and most of those found being of small size and simple character. In some cases natural formations have been mistaken for these, having been [25] used for burial or camps. In 27 counties some form of mound has been reported and a summary of these follows. They are most frequent west of the center of the State, and will be mentioned by counties.
Several occurred in Allegany county, and thence westward they were frequent. In the town of Conewango, Cattaraugus county, was a tumulus 13 feet high, with a diameter of 61 by 65 feet. Skeletons were found with relics. In the village of Randolph was a burial mound 10 feet high and 35 feet in diameter. In the town of Bucktooth, north side of the Allegheny, was a burial mound, 39 feet in diameter and 10 feet high. Another was in the town of Napoli, on Cold Spring creek, which was 120 feet around. At Olean were several of these, one being 40 by 60 feet in diameter and nearly 10 feet high. One in Dayton was of the same hight, and 120 feet in circumference. Another was on the west side of the Allegheny river, in the town of Cold Spring. This has been reported as 200 feet around and 20 feet high ; probably an exaggeration. On Cold Spring creek, 2 miles from the Allegheny, were two burial mounds, 10 feet high and 100 feet around. Others were in the towns of Leon and Conewango, in one of which were 8 sitting skeletons.
Quite a number were in Chautauqua county. One at Cassadaga lake was 7 feet high and 30 feet in diameter. A stone mound near a fort in Ellington was 4 feet wide and 5 feet high. Two mounds near Griffith’s point, Chautauqua lake, were once 12 feet high and 40 feet in diameter. A number of similar mounds have been reported on both shores, and two near Jamestown. Another, near Rutledge, was 20 feet in diameter and 6 feet high. One in the village of Fredonia was 7 feet high. Another at Fluvanna seems recent. Most mounds west of Cayuga lake were sepulchral.
Near Spring Lake, in Cayuga county, were small mounds with human remains, but these may have been incidental, as in some other places. On the high land of Rowland island, near the river, are one or two suggestive of Perch lake. One is not very distinct, but the other stands out plainly. It is a circle with a diameter of 37 feet and an elevation of 30 inches, inclosing burnt earth and [26] stone, but yielding no relics. The earth is in its natural condition for a considerable distance around. Some pits within the circle may be the work of explorers. This I examined July 18, 1902.
The noted burial mound in Greene, Chenango county, was 40 feet in diameter and 6 feet high. Several hut rings have been reported along the Chenango river, similar to those at Perch lake, but those at Indian brook, a little south of Greene, prove to be caches.
Columbia and Schoharie counties both had the stone heaps to which Indians added stones in passing. Erie county had its full share of mounds. One at the mouth of Cattaraugus creek was used for burial, but was probably natural. It was 50 feet across and from 10 to 15 feet high. The relics were modern.
There were several burial mounds on the east side of Cattaraugus creek, two of which were excavated by Dr A. L. Benedict of Buffalo, in 1900. As good accounts of such work by competent observers are rare in New York, his plans are given in plate 1 1 , and his report is summarized from the American Antiquarian for 1901, p.99-107.
No. I, a truncated mound in an open field when I saw it, is a mile north of the creek, and 600 feet north of the high bank of the ancient valley. It is nearly circular and about 70 feet in diameter. The central bight is 4 feet, 8 inches, but he thought it was originally 10 or ii feet high. It was made of sand loam, and there were depressions north and south in the general level of the field. It had been disturbed. At A were animal bones, ashes and charcoal at 3 feet. 5 inches from the surface; also bones of the aboriginal dog. At B was a heap of flat pieces of Hamilton slates, some of them waterworn. A rib and sacrum under these he thought those of the musk ox. At C was a fragmentary human skull, with other human bones, at a depth of 3 feet. Near this were flint arrows and knife, flint chips occurring elsewhere in the mound. Dr Benedict’s plans have the top to the south.
No. 2 resembles the last and has been reduced by plowing. It is quite near the creek, and a central shaft was sunk below the original soil in 1875 1 v William C. Bryant of Buffalo. Gravel was found [27] 4 feet below the level at A by Dr Benedict, and this occurred at 4 feet. 9 inches at H. At F was an oblong 1 fireplace of water worn stones. Between the top stone and one on the west side of the inclosure part of a pottery rim was found. There were small sherds at H. In the ashes under the top stone were calcined bones. A human astragalus was found at B, 4 feet southwest of the central stake, at a depth of i foot, 9 inches, covered with several round stones, 6 inches to a foot in diameter and an inch thick. A calcined long bone was found 15 feet south of the stake, which seemed part of a human tibia. At 7 feet, 10 inches south from the stake the bottom of the mound was of burnt clay and gravel, about 6 inches thick. Below this was a hollow space, beginning 3 feet, 7 inches from the surface of the mound. This was 9 or 10 inches deep, and extended every way 2 or 3 feet. The floor of this was of coarse gravel, about the size of hickory nuts, blackened, but showing no disturbance. Charred wood was occasionally found, some of considerable size. There were also small bits of mica.
These seem hardly true burial mounds, though containing human bones.
Other mounds have been reported in Erie county 15 to 16 feet high and from 45 to 54 feet in diameter. One near the Indian fort at Buffalo was 5 or 6 feet high, and from 35 to 40 feet across. It is probable that Dr Benedict’s diameters may be too great, allowance not being made for increase at the base by washing down from above.
On St Regis island, Franklin county, was a mound 8 feet high, and another opposite, on the east bank of St Regis river. Burial mounds were frequent along the St Lawrence.
Small mounds have been reported on Tonawanda creek, in Genesee county, but they may not have been artificial, though used for sepulture. The mound at the Bone fort, near Caryville, wa& 6 feet high and 30 feet wide, almost entirely composed of bones.
Two small mounds have been reported nn Jefferson county, and many hut rings on the east bank of Black river, Lewis county, opposite the Deer River station. These are like those at Perch lake.
In the summer of 1903 an early and notable ossuary was discovered [28] by Mrs R. D. Loveland of Watertown, near the long carrying place at the head of Chaumont bay. A curious depression arrested her attention, and a little digging brought to light a human skull. She then turned over the search to others, who unfortunately had not her knowledge and skill, and no clear description is available from them. Dr R. W. Amidon afterward visited the place, saw the relics, and obtained what information he could. Its importance comes from its age, the relics being mostly of early types. The pit is near and below the end of a ledge of Trenton limestone. At least 8 skeletons of vigorous adults were unearthed, from 2 to 4 feet below the surface, and mostly covered with boulders and flat stones. Two skulls were fractured, as though by a war club. A perfect clay vessel was destroyed by the diggers, but it was of a frequent form. A bird amulet, of green striped slate, was found. This was 5^2 inches long, rather broad, and with the head and tail almost on a plane with the body. There was also a bar amulet of sandstone, 6 inches long, and a perfect soapstone pipe of a frequent form. A flat bone bead, bone and horn implements, flint arrowheads or knives, were among other articles. This ossuary thus gives us some idea of what other things were used by those who had these amulets.
Section from Egan’s panorama showing the 1843 excavation of a mound on the plantation of William Feriday, Concordia Parish, Louisiana. Dickeson, always the showman, appears twice in the painting; once on the left sketching the mound, and again in the center taking notes.
In Livingston county there was once a mound in the road from Dansville to Groveland, which was 4 or 5 feet high and 30 feet in diameter. Another was midway between Dansville and Scottsburg. A burial mound was 2.y 2 miles southeast of the head of Hemlock lake. One at Mt Morris was used for recent sepulture, but may not have been artificial, as it is said to have been 100 feet across and 8 to 10 feet high. Some accounts make the relics of early types, and it is probable it was used at various periods. On the Genesee river, near the Wheatland line, was a burial mound 8 feet high. Two mounds are also on the Wadsworth farm near Geneseo. One is 3 feet high, but not quite 25 feet across; the other is much smaller. Both have been reduced in size. A stone heap at Lima traditionally had a memorial character.
In Madison county, on Oneida lake, are supposed Indian mounds, which are probably natural formations. [29]
There was a mound in Monroe county, a few miles northwest of Scottsville. Two small mounds were west of Irondequoit bay, on high land, the largest being less than 5 feet high. A large one was east of the bay, and another, east of the village of Penfield, was originally 40 feet in diameter and 8 or 9 feet high. Two burial mounds were on the east bank of Genesee river, half a mile below the lower fall. They were 4 feet high and 20 to 25 feet wide. There were other mounds in that vicinity. In Pittsford was a pile of large limestone boulders, the heap being about 12 feet square. Between Irondequoit landing and the lake was a cemetery of 200 small grave mounds, arranged in rows. The further character was not reported, but single graves are usually depressed. A mound was on the bluff south of Dunbar hollow, which contained stone implements. Mr Harris thought a small island on the west side of Irondequoit bay was mostly artificial, as proved by excavations and grading. It was 90 feet long, 32 wide and 17 feet high, but was not sepulchral, though it contained many fine articles at a depth of 15 feet.
A mound described in Cambria, Niagara county, should be called an ossuary and contained metallic articles. A stone mound has been reported a mile west of Lockport, and an ordinary one at Gasport. Two burial mounds of large size were on Tonawanda island. Another was in Wilson, and two in the town of Lewiston. In September 1903, the one marked D on Schoolcraft’s map was opened. He called it ” a small mound or barrow,” but if it ever had much elevation cultivation had long before removed all signs of this. As it has not before been described a brief account of it will be given here. The first skull was found 6 or 8 inches below the present level of the ground, and the skeletons were estimated at over 300.Over 200 skulls were secured and none had been injured, the place representing well the ossuaries of Canada. The date may have been not far from 1620, perhaps a little later, while the Neutral nation still occupied land in New York. The pit, excavated by Mr John Mackay of Niagara Falls, was about 18 feet long and from 12 to 14 feet wide, with a depth of $ l / 2 feet from the surface. The form was an irregular ellipse, and the bottom was of rock and clay. To [30] make more room the pit had 1x.ru widened alxwt 18 inches from the bottom. and the smaller Ixmes were placed in this addition. There were no traces of any lining to the pit. nor any suggestions of Jesuit contact, while earlier articles of European trade had reached the spot, possibly from the Dutch through the Five Nations. There were 24 iron axes, several brass kettles. 3 sword blades. 24 large and curious brass rings. 5 cylindric brass or copper beads, with other ornaments of shell. Through the kindness of Mr Mackay I examined a number of these. The rings are simply short brass cylinders, bent in circles, and the beads are long brass tubes, precisely like those occurring in the Mohawk valley. One of these is u inches long and yk inch in diameter. Mr Mackay has an interesting collection, well repaying study.
Some burial mounds have been reported in New York city, apparently natural elevations used for sepulture.
Some supposed mounds in Oneida county are also of doubtful character, nothing having been determined by examination.
In Onondaga county, near Baldwinsville. were two large stone heaps, covering human bones, and two burial mounds were on the west side of Onondaga outlet. One was circular and stood out prominently from the bank behind it. The other was oblong, being 12 feet long and 3 feet high when I sketched it. and had then been somewhat reduced.
At the modern Seneca castle near Geneva, where Johnson built a fort in 1756, is an artificial mound about 6 feet high and used as a cemetery. It is probably rather graded than built up. There was a small recent mound at Clifton Springs.
In Carlton, Orleans county, on the north bank of Oak Orchard creek, is a small oblong mound. 20 by 30 feet in diameter. Another small mound was 30 rods away.
Bone hill, at Oswego Falls, was a place of sepulture, now known to be of natural formation. It was 6 rods in diameter and 40 feet high, and has been removed.
In Unadilla was a supposed Indian monument, 20 feet in diameter, 10 feet high, and of a conical form. There was a mound at Oneonta. and a supposed burial mound at Cooperstown. [31]
In Tioga county there was a circular burial mound at Owego. Several mounds were in the vicinity of Newark Valley. One of these was 15 feet high and 250 feet around, suggesting natural formation.
In Wayne county I examined several mounds July 18, 1902. One was northwest of Savannah and in the midst of camp sites. It is circular and but slightly separated from the ridge behind. It is 60 feet across and 3 feet high. Another burial mound north of Crusoe creek and northeast of this, is now small and low, but distinct. Another was examined 2.2 miles south of Savannah. It is at the south end of a ridge containing caches, from which it has been separated by excavation. The bodies were apparently laid on the surface and the earth heaped upon them. It is 30 feet across and about 7 feet high. The first of these mounds shows little work.
In Wyoming county is a burial mound about 4 miles south of Portage.
In Yates county a small burial mound on Bluff point is 9 feet long and 4 feet high.
These are all the burial or monumental mounds thus far reported in New York, as distinguished from defensive earthworks. Very few indeed resemble those of Perch lake, and this led to the special examination of the latter. Their peculiar character is emphasized by this comparison with New York mounds elsewhere, and though scattered examples may yet be found here, it is quite probable that nowhere else in the State will they be seen in such numbers or in such fine preservation. They form a unique group, well worthy of further study, though offering little in the way of fine relics, or indeed of any at all.
By way of caution it should be remarked that the height of mounds is commonly made too great unless accurately determined ; and there is also a disposition to consider any symmetric elevation of moderate size an Indian mound. Even when human bones are found in them they are not always artificial.
A curious spot is 1/2 miles west-southwest of Unadilla may be described here, having never been mentioned before. For the account and chart, thanks are due to Mr Harry B. Cecil of that [32] place. It is on the farm of Enoch H. Copley and in a woodland of about 33 acres, the whole of which is a series of moraines and kettle-shaped hollows. In the largest of these hollows is a shallow pond, marked A in the diagram, plate 12, figure I. The shaded part B has been partly filled in for the Delaware & Hudson Railroad. The pond is surrounded by moraines, C C C, about 100 feet high, and a road D, follows the north and east margins. At E, F, G, are rude stone walls from 2 to 4 feet high. Mr Cecil said:
At one time I supposed these had been constructed to get rid of the rocks that were in the way, but this could not be the case, as the stones could have been dumped into the pond very much more easily, and it would have materially helped to widen the road D. The oldest residents say that these piles and walls have all been there. At II, until a short time ago, were two circles made of rocks loosely thrown together. They measured 10 feet across and were contiguous, having openings at the remote parts of their circumferences. I turned these over carefully, but failed to find anything of Indian workmanship and the soil beneath was apparently undisturbed. At I was another stone wall. At J is a heap of undisturbed rocks. At K is a carefully made road, about 8 feet wide and extending about 300 feet in a westerly direction, gradually ascending to 50 feet above the pond level. No explanation can be given of this unless it was part of a trail. Below this road and above the wall at E, is a stone heap, and above the road is a large hollow filled up with stones of all descriptions. I am positive that these heaps are not natural. All these remains are included in about half an acre.
This account is free from extravagance and suggests the use of the spot as a pound for deer, terminating a driveway. These and other animals would naturally resort there to drink. With or with out contracting hedges they would follow their own paths, and the roadway would turn them toward the double walls, I, F. when driven. Some would escape only to encounter other hunters at the wall G. In the press others might turn back and meet hunters at the wall E. The circles may have been the foundations of hunting lodges, and the season of wild fowl would afford a secondary use. The usual course was to make a pound of stakes and branches, but the primitive hunter was quick to avail himself of natural advantages, and was not sparing of work.
(William Martin Beauchamp, “Perch lake mounds, with notes on other New York mounds, and some accounts of Indian trails,” Bulletin of the New York State Museum, no. 87, Albany: New York State Education Dept., 1905, pp 24-32: http://www.archive.org/stream/perchlakemoundsw00beauiala)
Mounds of Human Skeletons Found near Lake Erie and Lake Ontario
“… The purpose of the mounds of New York, so far as can be determined, seem uniformly to have been those of sepulture. They generally occur upon commanding or remarkable positions. Most of them have been excavated, under impulse of an idle curiosity, or have had their contents scattered by “money-diggers,” a ghostly race, of which, singularly enough, even at this day, representatives may be found in almost every village. I was fortunate enough to discover one upon Tonawanda Island, in Niagara River, which had escaped their midnight attentions. It was originally about fifteen feet in height. At the base appeared to have been a circle of stones, perhaps ten feet in diameter, within which were several small heaps of bones, each comprising three or four skeletons. The bones are of individuals of all ages, and had evidently been deposited after the removal of the flesh. Traces of fire were to be discovered upon the stones. Some chippings of flint and broken arrow-points, as also some fragments of deers’ horns, which appeared to have been worked into form, were found among the bones. The skulls had been crushed by the superincumbent earth.
The mounds which formerly existed in Erie, Genesee, Monroe, Livingston, St. Lawrence, Oswego, Chenango, and Delaware counties, all appear to have contained human bones, in greater or less quantities, deposited promiscuously, and embracing the skeletons of individuals of all ages and both sexes. …They were sometimes heaped together so as to constitute mounds; at others placed in pits or trenches dug in the earth … or deposited in caverns, either promiscuously or with regularity.” (E. G. Squier, ABORIGINAL MONUMENTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, Originally published in the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, Volume 2, 1849, Ch. IV, “MOUNDS, BONE-HEAPS, ETC.”, pg. 67)
“In Greene township, about two miles below the village, was formerly a mound of some interest … An examination of the mound was made in 1829 by excavation. Great numbers of human bones were found; and beneath them, at a great depth, others were found which evidently had been burned, No conjecture could be formed of the number of bodies deposited here. The skeletons were found lying without order, and so much decayed as to crumble on exposure. At one point in the mound a large number, of perhaps two hundred, arrow-heads were discovered, collected in a heap. .. another pile of sixty or
more, was found in another place, in the same mound; also a silver band or ring, about two inches in diameter, wide but thin, and with what appeared to be the remains of a reed pipe. A number of stone gouges or chisels, of different shapes, and a piece of mica, cut in the form of a heart, the border much decayed and the laminae separated, were also discovered.
It may be mentioned here, that the character of the lower deposit, and also some of the relics, coincide with some of those found in the mounds of Mississippi Valley. The ancient mound-builders often burned their dead. The upper and principal collection of bones had probably a comparatively late date, as is shown by the silver bracelet, which, it is presumed, although not so expressly stated, was found with this deposit.” (E. G. Squier, ABORIGINAL MONUMENTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, Volume 2, 1849, “CHENANGO COUNTY”, pg. 34; see also Joseph Smith – History 1:56)
“In cultivating the area, many fragments of human bones, some of them burned, have been observed, – suggesting the possibility that the ancient village was destroyed by enemies, and that these are the bones of its occupants who fell in defense of their kindred, and were burned in the fires which consumed their lodges.” (E. G. Squier, ABORIGINAL MONUMENTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, Volume 2, 1849, “JEFFERSON COUNTY – EARTH-WORKS, ETC.”, pg. 20)ABORIGINAL MONUMENTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK Surveyed by E. G. Squier
Hugh Nibley Quotes about the Book of Mormon in North America
“Though such piles as the great pyramid-temple of Chichén Itzá yield to few buildings in the world in beauty of proportion and grandeur of conception, there is something disturbing about most of these overpowering ruins. Writers describing them through the years have ever confessed to feelings of sadness and oppression as they contemplate the moldy magnificence—the futility of it all: “They have all gone away from the house on the hill,” and today we don’t even know who they were.
The great monuments do not represent what the Nephites stood for; rather, they stand for what their descendants, “mixed with the blood of their brethren,” descended to. But seen in the newer and wider perspective of comparative religious studies, they suggest to us not only the vanity of mankind and the futility of man’s unaided efforts, but also something nobler; the constant search of men to recapture a time when the powers of heaven were truly at the disposal of a righteous people.” Ancient Temples: What Do They Signify? By Hugh Nibley September 1972
“If my insistent harping on central Asia annoys you, let me remind you again that the book of Ether gives us no choice. It never lets us forget that what the Jaredite kings did was a conscious imitation and unbroken continuation of the ways of “the ancients,” of “them of old” on the other side of the water. This, incidentally, is another indication that we are not to regard the Jaredite migration as taking place immediately after the flood, for the fall of the tower saw the destruction of an ancient and established order. The Jaredites left their homeland driving great herds of cattle before them in the immemorial Asiatic manner, and even if they had never been nomads before, they certainly lived the life of the steppes during those many years before they set sail (Ether 3:3), and when they embarked, they crammed all they could of their beasts into their small boats, “flocks and herds” and other beasts (Ether 6:4), and upon reaching the New World continued to cultivate “all manner of cattle, of oxen, and cows, and of sheep” just as their ancestors had in the old country (Ether 9:18). Now you know, how the Nephites could have had sheep in North America brought to this land by the Jaredites. The Nephites could continue practicing the Law of Moses in the land of The New Jerusalem.” (2 Nephi 25:24 Mosiah 2:3) Hugh Nibley from Lehi in the Desert; The Great Open Spaces
Sheep, Rams, Bullocks, Doves, Wine and Goats are not found in Mesoamerica dating to the Book of Mormon timeline. There exists all those animals, grain, and wine found in North America during 600 BC to 400 AD.
A Part Hindu, Part Seminole Man Confirms the Hindu Origin of the Amerindians!
Something happened recently that I know will interest you. Therefore, I have included few of the E-Mails I have been having lately with a fascinating person.
On March 8, 2003, the following gentleman, a descendant of Hindus and Amerindians,
asked me to help him clarify the Hindu ancestry of his Amerindian ancestors. Having been raised among the Seminoles, he has been seeing the “curry and rice” aspect of the Indians since his childhood. He even tells me that “Kentucky” is a Sanskrit word! As you shall see, some of the information handed down to him by word of mouth was very, very accurate.
Greetings Mr. Matlock,
Congratulations on your excellent and unique research on the ancient Hindu connection with Native America. My name is Govind Sanyal, and I am a product of the two cultures. My father came from Calcutta to the U.S. in 1916 and married a Seminole. I would like to know more about this ancient connection. My mother is a descendant of a band of Seminoles that originated from the Yamassees and Tuskigi who had intermarried with I believe some of the early Moorish/Portuguese families i.e. the surname Sena is found among some of my Factor Ancestors. Sena is a Sephardic name of Portuguese Moorish origin.
My third great grandmother was Issabella Mora, a Pardo Minorcan refugee from St. Augutine, FL. dob ca. 1783, who had married John Reed, a mixed blood Creek Indian trader employed by the Turnbulls. I was told that the Yamassee Indians and the Moors were descendants of the Phoenicians and Carthaginians…I would appreciate any comment that clarifies my family’s history.
Thank you. G.Sanyal
ANSWER:
Dear Mr. Sanyal,
I really enjoyed getting this information for you. Not only was it easy to find, but I didn’t have to do any guesswork. All the information I’m sending you is valid. It pleases me to be able to help our American Indians find out about their Old World origins.
For now, I am going to deal only with the Muskokis (Creeks), Seminoles, Yamasees, and Apalachees in this letter. Nearly all the tribes and many place names in Southeastern United States have Hindu names.
The YAMASEES are the Phoenicians and the Jews
The YAMASEES: Yama was a name of the Asvin Brothers or the Eastern Hebrews (Panis and Yuddhis). “Hebrew” derives from “Khyber” or “Kubera”, an ancient Yadava group who left the Khyber Mountains and migrated to what are now Rajasthan and Gujarat. Later, they mastered the art of shipbuilding and sailing, becoming the founders of all world civilizations. The Hindus say that all this happened about 30,000 years ago. Pani = “International Trader.” Yuddhi = “Conqueror; Warrior”. Many millenniums afterwards, the ancient partnership disintegrated. We know them now as the Phoenicians and the Jews. Yamasee derives from the Sanskrit Yameza, meaning “Having Yama as ruler.” Yama was the ancient Hindu God of Death, but he was also the Regent of the South. For this reason, we know that your Yamasee ancestors were from Southwestern India or Sri Lanka. They spoke a Dravidian dialect.
Apalazis were the Founders of the Mound-Building Cultures
The APALACHEES. They derived their name from Palaza, a name of ancient Maghada, a powerful Yadava kingdom in what is now today’s state of Bihar. When the Palazis came to America, they came with the intention of staying. Therefore, they became the Apalizis (Ex-Palazis). Without a doubt, these “Apalazis” were the founders of the mound-building cultures, for in other parts of the world they built the Egyptian pyramids, became the founding fathers of Greek civilization, and the like.
The 17th century scholar, Edward Pococke, wrote in his book India in Greece:
“Pelasa, the ancient name for the province of Bihar….Pelaska is a derivative form of Pelasa, whence the Greek ‘Pelasgos’…
“I have ascertained the existence of Pelasgian tribes; not as vagrant gypsies, but firmly settled as powerful nations, at a period for the most part prior to our historical knowledge of Greece…there was a time when the Pelasgians, then perhaps more widely spread than any other people of Europe, extended from the Po and the Arno, almost to the Bosphorus…The Celts were the descendants of the Pelasgians.” (p. 31.)
“So vast were their settlements, and so firmly rooted were the very names of the kingdoms, the nomenclature of the tribes – nay, the religious systems of the oldest forms of society – that I do not scruple to assert that the successive map of Spain, Italy, Greece, Asia Minor, Persia, and India may be read like the chart of an emigrant.” (p. 32.)
YAT’SIMINOLI (“Free People” or Seminoles)
The YAT’SIMINOLI (“Free People” or Seminoles). Evidently, they were also the “Free People” back in India, for there they were called Yat’Samanala. Yat = “Moving; Traveling.” Sama = “Happy; Prosperous.” Nala = “A branch of the Yamas or Ashvin Brothers (Phoenicians and Jews).
Phoenician Slave Caste of Meshechs.
The MUSKOKIS (Creeks). These were the Phoenician slave caste of Meshechs. In ancient times, they were the terror of the world. They were an especially wild tribe of mongoloid Scythians or Tartars. We Westerners also know them as the Hunas or Huns.The Hindus called them Maheshakas, Rakshasas, Pisacas, and Hunas. When these Meshechs made life impossible for the civilized people of India, Kubera banished them to Sri Lanka. Life in Sri Lanka did nothing to sweeten their collective disposition. Therefore, Kubera packed them in airships and sea-going vessels, taking them to America (Patala).
Austro-Dravidian Cherokee Misclassified them as Negro
My guess is that the peaceful Yat’Siminoli, Apalachees, and Yamasees could not stand up to them in the New World. They probably said to themselves, “If we can’t beat them, we’ll join them.”
Greetings Mr. Matlock, thank you for the information, I appreciate it. Your designation of the Yamassee as most probable a Dravidian group is more than likely correct, especially when you consider the phenotypical characteristics as described by Woodward’s Reminiscences of the Creek, or Muscogee Indians by Thomas S. Woodward, 1859, p130, as having dark skins, coarse hair, thick lips, and flat feet. Wm.H.Gilbert further embellishes the point when he describes that among the olive and/or copper skin Cherokees that there is a group that is as dark as burnt coffee with projecting eyebrow bridges and hairy foreheads which become recessive with age. This description is typical of your Austro-Dravidian type which is the prototype of many of your Adivasis or Indic tribes of the Deccan. Many of the early Europeans when seeing these people often misclassified them as Negro or of African descent.
Yamassee are connected to the Apalachicola
The Yamassee according to John Swanton’s published work on the N.A. Indians were the ancient inhabitants of the Cherokee Mts. We must also consider that the Yamassee were also called Tamathli or Altamaha Yamassee signifying people of the higher ground. The Chiaha are said to be related to the Yamassee and both are connected or are kin to the Apalachicola.
Yama as the God of the South correlate to the Savannah/Shawnee
Under Tomochachi the Yamasse were called Yamacraw/Yamacaw. The ancient name for the Yamassee is Yamakashappa.(By the way my paternal ancestry descend from the Bengali Kashyappa Brahmins).
Your association of the prefix Yama(see) to the Hindu God of Death is significant because this clan were the messengers and/or scribes (Tali), who often communicated with the spirit world through the ancient calumet, sacred ashes, sabia stones and often in colonial times “became the mouths” or interpreters of the Spanish. Yama as the God of the South would correlate to the Shawano/Savannah/Shawnee whom the Yamassee had an ancient relationship with.
Seminole came from the Spanish word Cimarron meaning Wild Men
Seminole according to traditional Native American history came from the Spanish word cimarron meaning wild men or those that had strayed and as you put it traveled. The Hitchitti and Muscogee speaking Indians could not pronounce an “r” so it was pronounced as an “l” thus we get Seminole. Yamassee in Muscogee (Creek) translates to the English as to be tamed like an animal or to be gentle as an animal.
Oconee Creeks and the Yamassee
There was a war between the Oconee Creeks and the Yamassee ca. 1740 at Tallahassee where the last battle between the two tribes took place, the Oconee had destroyed the Yamassee warriors and married the Yamassee maidens creating the Seminole band.
Hassee was the Supreme Sun deity to the Yamassee. Tali was their sacred stone. Manneyto is the Good Spirit and Opitchi-Manneyto is the evil spirit. Hotala Manneyto I believe is the Master Breath or Wind God. I apologize for the scantiness of this tradition. As you most likely know the Yamasse were declared slaves by the S.C. colonial government and the Creeks became their slave catchers.The Yamassees found refuge among the Seminole and intermarried with them, producing an amalgam culture.
Please do let me know me what your definitions are of Apalachicola and Taskigi. Again I want to thank you for the information, it most appreciated.
Cola in Sanskrit, means “Coast”. Apalachee-Cola means “The Coast of the ex-Palazas”. The Palazas were the Builders of the Ancient World.
Govinda, until you mentioned the name Apalacheecola to me, I didn’t even know where it was located. Later on tonight, I went to the map and saw that it was in the swamp lands in Southern Florida, and on the Atlantic coast. This immediately brought to mind, Pensacola, Florida, in the Gulf.
As long as we keep the Indo-Phoenicians in mind, including India in the picture, we don’t have to guess any longer. All we have to do is associate the name we are looking for with its function. “Cola” in Sanskrit, means “Coast“. Therefore, Apalachee-Cola means “The coast of the ex-Palazas. The Palazas were the builders of the ancient world. They built Egypt, the foundations of Greek culture, and every other culture on earth. They had to have been the mound builders. In that swampy area, they built huge mounds to build their first cities.
I read a book once, by the grandfather of an ex-president of Mexico, López de Portillo, in which he discussed the custom of the Indians of his home state of Nayarit (notice that this is the name of a place in India and of a Hindu leadership caste), built mounds or pyramids on which to build their homes.Much of Nayarit is a flood plain. He said in his book that he thinks this how the Amerindian custom of building pyramids started.
Being master builders, the Apalachee probably built the first mound cultures in Apalachee-cola, the first place they began to inhabit after their arrival from India. It wouldn’t surprise me a bit to find important archeological relics in the area if the Atlantic hurricanes haven’t destroyed them.
Since you are a Floridan, the next question is this: What importance does Apalachee-cola have for your people? Find out all you can.
Panisha-Cola, or Coast of the Lord, Panis or Phoenicians.
Now for Pensacola. Pensacola is a great port. It has a gigantic, safe harbor. Therefore, it doesn’t take much guesswork to intuit that its original name was Panisha-Cola, or the coast of the Lord Panis or Phoenicians. Again, as I say, the name goes with the game. No guesswork required. The Apalazis were builders. They built the type of edifices that could survive in the Florida swamps. The Panis were seamen and traders. Their natural place to settle first would have been in Pensacola.
We are piecing together information of great historical importance for not only the American Indians, but also for all the citizens of our great country. Govinda, you are a godsend to me. For a long time, I have been wanting to enlist the help of a Hindu having an intimate knowledge of our Amerindians. I got a bonus when you came along. Not only are you an educated Hindu, but you are also part Seminole. That’s an unbeatable combination. I’m afraid that the non-diffusionists are in for a big disappointment!
Sincerely, Gene D. Matlock
Summary Mixing in Florida and Kentucky- Amerindians Native Americans Creeks, Cherokees, Seminoles, Apalachee, Shawnee, Yamasee, Savannah, Muskegons Middle Easterners Phoenicians, Greek, Celts, Scythians, Tartars, Huns, Austro-Dravidian, Hebrews, Arabs, Berbers, Asian Indians, and Meshechs.
Kentucky is a Sanskrit word
Yamassee Indians and the Moors (Muslim Arabs and Berbers) were descendants of the Phoenicians and Carthiginians
Muskokis (Creeks), Seminoles, Yamasees, and Apalachees tribes in Southeastern United States have Hindu names. The YAMASEES are the Phoenicians and the Hebrews. Yamasee ancestors were from Southwestern India or Sri Lanka.
“Apalazis” were the founders of the mound-building cultures, and they built the Egyptian pyramids, as the founding fathers of Greek civilization
The Celts were the descendants of the Pelasgians
YAT’SIMINOLI (“Free People” or Seminoles). Evidently, they were also the “Free People” back in India, for there they were called Yat’Samanala. Yat = “Moving; Traveling.” Sama = “Happy; Prosperous.” Nala = “A branch of the Yamas or Ashvin Brothers (Phoenicians and Hebrews).
The MUSKOKIS (Creeks). These were the Phoenician slave caste of Meshechs. In ancient times, they were the terror of the world. They were an especially wild tribe of mongoloid Scythians or Tartars. We Westerners also know them as the Hunas or Huns.
Copper Skin Cherokees that there is a group that is as dark as burnt coffee with projecting eyebrow bridges and hairy foreheads which become recessive with age. This description is typical of your Austro-Dravidian type which is the prototype of many of your Adivasis or Indic tribes of the Deccan. Many of the early Europeans when seeing these people often misclassified them as Negro or of African descent.
Yama as the God of the South would correlate to the Shawano/Savannah/Shawnee whom the Yamassee had an ancient relationship with.
Seminole: Yamassee warriors and married the Yamassee maidens creating the Seminole band.
Cola in Sanskrit, means “Coast”. Apalachee-Cola means “The Coast of the ex-Palazas”. The Palazas were the Builders of the Ancient World.
Apalachee probably built the first mound cultures in Apalachee-cola, the first place after their arrival from India.
Pensacola is a great port. It has a gigantic, safe harbor. Its original name was Panisha-Cola, or the coast of the Lord Panis or Phoenicians.
Scientists Claim Cherokees Are From The Middle East – DNA Supports This Finding
“The Cherokees have lived in the Southeastern United States for over 10,000 years.Cherokees developed and cultivated corn, beans and squash – “the three sisters” – along with sunflowers and other crops. Archaeological evidence, early written accounts, and the oral history of the Cherokees themselves show the Cherokees as a mighty nation controlling more than 140,000 square miles with a population of thirty-six thousand or more. Often the townhouse stood on an earthen mound, which grew with successive ceremonial re-buildings.”
“The History of the America Indians” written by explorer and trader John Adair expressed in the 18th Century how Cherokees who were living in the North Carolina Mountains were known to speak an ancient Jewish language. More so, this language was unintelligible to the Jews in England and Holland. Observing this, Adair extrapolated his belief that these native Americans were in fact descendants of the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel.
Married to a Chickasaw woman himself, Adair had a fond admiration for the Native Americans. Sadly, his observation was twisted during the American Revolution to something very different.
– In the new version, the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel had built the thousands of mounds that dotted the landscape of eastern North America, but the Indians had killed all the “civilized Jews.” Frontier preachers gave sermons which demanded that their parishioners go out and slaughter the evil savages, who had killed the “civilized Jews.”
By the late 20th Century, North Carolina was at a new extreme. 1976 saw the North Carolina government direct a team of professors to come to the finding that Cherokees had been in their state for at least the last 1000 years – better known as the “North Carolina History Project.” This saw masses of archaeologists and historians re-labeling all Native American archaeological sites in the western third of the state “Cherokee” or “Proto-Cherokee” to validate their bonus paychecks. The widespread Creek Indian place names were also re-labeled “ancient Cherokee words whose meanings have been lost.”
Academic fraud on this scale regarding the early Colonial archives saw other ethnic groups living in the region prior to 1715, but the Cherokees were forgotten. The word “Charaqui” first appeared on European maps after 1718.
Subsequently, two generations of archaeologists and historians thoroughly quoted each other in academic papers, not realizing that North Carolina possessed a different history before 1976. This absurdity lead to Coweeta, one mile north of Georgia’s state line to be labeled “Cherokee-Pisgah Phase town,” and it’s sister town south of the state line aptly labeled “Etowah and Lamar proto-Creek” towns by Georgia archaeologists. The proto-Creek pottery and architecture familiar with us all which is found in these towns has been named Coweta – being a Creek word having no meaning in the Cherokee language.
Taking the situation to a new extreme, some Cherokee and Cherokee wannabe’s agreed to send warriors to battle the French in New York in the 1700’s in return for the British Crown offering them a vast territory in the Southeast. This included all the territory belonging to the tribes who were allied with the French. Almost immediately thereafter, the Creek Confederacy won the 40 year long Cherokee-Creek war, taking back and forth the Cherokee core territory that was captured 40 years prior from the Creeks.
1757 saw the Cherokees attack their former British allies. Great Britain won the war, taking back most of the land formerly given to the Cherokees in 1754 PLUS almost all the Cherokee land in North and South Carolina. All other tribes inhabiting these areas were forced to leave. 1763 saw what is now known as the Cherokee Reservation.
The US Department created the map of traditional Native American territories in 1990 as part of the native America Graves and Repatriation Act (NAGPRA). Mapmakers labeled the vast “seven state” area handed to the Cherokee people in 1954 as traditional Cherokee territory. They added northwest Georgia along with northeast Alabama which is the land they inhabited from 1785 to 1838, along with huge sections of North carolina, South Carolina and Georgia – places they never lived. Frozen in stone, the NAGPRA laws incited that the Cherokees were descendants of the Indians who lived inhabited this territory since mankind first came to North America.
Late into the 20th Century, Cherokee leaders repetitively said they never built mounds. Suddenly, a new generation of North Carolina Cherokees assumed the map meant that they had in fact built the mounds in the Southeast. This same line of thought was extended to the belief that they were also the first to domesticate corn, beans and squash. The film “the Mayans and Aztecs were the descendants of the Cherokees” claimed so.
DNA tests do not currently exist which can accurately particularly label any particular tribe in eastern North America. Genetically, the people claiming themselves to be full-blooded Native Americans are not the same people who greeted early European explorers. Attempting to create reliable DNA markers for individual tribes, reputable laboratories are mounted with monumental obstacles.
Perceived as a vast market for millions of Americans claiming they descend from a great grandmother who was a Cherokee princess, DNA Consultants Inc. have begun a comprehensive DNA mapping of the Cherokees inhabiting the Qualla Reservation in western North Carolina. North Carolina Cherokees were selected as after 180 years inhabiting the west, they are thoroughly mixed with other ethnics, rendering any DNA test marker so far obtained useless. Doing so, they have stumbled on a hornet’s nest.
The Cherokee princess was most likely Jewish or North African. This has left the Cherokees more aptly labeled as Middle Eastern or North African. Their test markers strongly associate with the Berbers, native Egyptians, Turks, Lebanese, Hebrews and Mesopotamiams. This makes them genetically more likely to be Jewish than the typical American Jew of European ancestry. These so called “full-blooded” Cherokees possess high levels of European DNA with small traces of Asiatic (Native American) DNA. Even their skin color and facial features differ from Native American aesthetics, primarily looking more Semitic in origin.
Both DNA consultants and journalists now state that these research results apply to all Cherokees from the Qualla Reservation. In several countries, the Cherokees observed had profiles more likely representing Georgia Creeks, often carrying Maya DNA like the Georgia Creeks. In one country, the Cherokees were in fact predominantly Quechua from South America or at the least, mixed Quechua, Maya and Creek. Known as “Moon Faces” by the Cherokee, the residents of the Snowbird Reservation in Graham County possess features more like the Zoque of Mexico who created the Olmec Civilization.
Editor’s note: :In history it is known that in about 900 AD the Mayans left their homeland and traveled into Alabama and other states. There was likely a lot of mixing of races and cultures. The Native Americans from North America call these people the “Snake People”.
I quote from Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum, “Who built the mounds during the Mississippian Culture period? In an interview with a Native American, Wayne N. May, author and publisher of Ancient American Magazine (http://ancientamerican.com/), asked a Chieftain: “Who built Cahokia?” The Chieftain responded: “We did, the Native Americans. But we built it as slaves.” Wayne then asked: “Slaves to who?” The Chieftain replied: “We were slaves to the Snake people who had come up from the south…as a cohesive army. They enslaved us and for the space of 200-300 years they forced us to build these gigantic structures. But then we were finally able to overthrow them and drive them back out of our lands. But by that time we had intermarried with them for 200-300 years. So many of our people ended going back to the southern lands.” The “Snake people” from the south appear to be people that came from Mesoamerica during a time of severe drought between 800-900 A D.
Anthropologist Alice Kehoe, Ph.D., emphasizes that, “from… stale and false notions of ancient Native American history, much has been missed in the archaeological record of the Americas that is only now coming to light.” She argues “that the Mississippian, often called “Mound-Building” Culture, had close trade and communication links with civilizations of Mesoamerica (Mayas, Aztecs, their predecessors and contemporaries) and that this link is readily apparent from the archaeological record.” She also argues “that Trans-Gulf contact between the Mississippi Valley and Mesoamerica was quite likely…leading to clear similarities in the culture, religion, and art of the SECC,* Midwest and Mesoamerica” – Kehoe, Alice, “Wind Jewels and Paddling Gods: The Mississippian Southeast in the Post-Classic Mesoamerican World,” Gulf Coast Archaeology, The Southeastern United States and Mexico, Ed. Nancy Marie White, Gainesville, University of Florida [2005], 260-280. [*SECC: Southeast Coastal Communities]
“THAT the Algonquian, Iroquoian and Siouan immigrants were mound builders is readily proven. It may well be doubted whether the mounds were built by the voluntary effort of a free people. Monuments of such magnitude in all ages and in various parts of the world almost without exception representing the handiwork of peoples who labored unwillingly and under compulsion … It would therefore seem evident that either the invading immigrants must have conquered people of a more primitive type whom they found already in possession of the country and reduced them to a state of servitude, or else that they came as imperial colonists, divided into two classes, namely, soldiers and serfs” – Thoburn, J. B., “Prehistoric Migrations,” Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science, Vol. 6 [2014], 372-378. As quoted in Annotated Edition of the Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum Page 540.
TheSpiritScience.net continues, “Researchers at DNA Consultants seem currently unaware that throughout the 1600’s, Iberian Sephardic Jews along with Moorish Conversos colonized parts of the North Carolina and Georgia Mountains mining gold and silver.
It is a mystery as to how the North Carolina Mountains became such a mixed Semitic, North African, European and Native American population now known as the Cherokees. Slave raids may have contributed as the 18th Century Cherokees were known as the biggest players when it came to the slave trade. it is thought that young Sephardic females may have been captured by slave raiders to become concubines and wives.
It is known that the British around 1693 forged an alliance with 8 small Native towns holding Creek names along Northwest Carolina and the powerful Rickohockens of southwest Virginia, thwarting the French colonies expansion.
Modern times sees the Cherokee language to be a mixture of Rickohocken, Creek and Shawnee. There is much that anthropologists and historians lack about the early history of the Southern Highlands. Who knows what will still be uncovered?
Elder Anthony Ivins of the First Presidency gave a wonderful talk at General Conference many years ago. In my opinion his witness and testimony add to my personal witness that the Book of Mormon events indeed occurred in New York where the Prophet Joseph found the plates and at this same Hill Cumorah in New York is the same place the final battles happened. If that seems like information that you fully agree with and don’t understand my point, many who believe in the Mesoamerican theory believe the final battles happened somewhere in Mexico. I thought that to be a possibility about 18 years ago but I now know the final battles happened in the NY Cumorah in the Heartland of America.
On April 6, 1928, President Anthony W. Ivins of the First Presidency spoke in General Conference about the Hill Cumorah in New York, which had recently been purchased by the Church. One of the best parts is when he explains that Mormon deposited all of the Nephite records in the Hill Cumorah in New York, and that these records will come forth some day and be published to the world.
President Ivins introduced his remarks by emphasizing his preparation:
“Reference has been made by the President of the acquisition by the Church of the spot of ground in the state of New York known as the hill Cumorah. It appears to me to be an event of such importance that I desire to devote the short time which is at my disposal this morning to a discussion of that subject. There have been some differences of opinion in regard to it, and in order that I might be correct in the statements which I make I have this morning finished a short manuscript which I would like to read—the first time. I believe, in my experience, that I have ever addressed a congregation in this manner, and I do it for the purpose stated.” Anthony Ivins
President Ivins also said, “the acquisition of this hill almost an epochal accomplishment in the history of the Church.”
The Ninety-eighth Annual Conference [Full Link to article] of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints was held in the Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, Utah, Friday, Saturday and Sunday, April 6, 7 and 8, 1928.
GENERAL AUTHORITIES OF THE CHURCH PRESENT
Of the First Presidency : Heber J. Grant, Anthony W. Ivins and Charles W. Nibley.
Of the Council of the Twelve : Rudger Clawson, * George Albert Smith, George F. Richards, Orson F. Whitney, David O. McKay, Joseph Fielding Smith, James E. Talmage, Stephen L. Richards, Richard R Lyman, Melvin J. Ballard.**
Presiding Patriarch : Hyrum G. Smith.
Of the First Council of Seventy: B. H. Roberts, J. Golden Kimball, Rulon S. Wells, Joseph W. McMurrin, Charles H. Hart, Levi Edgar Young, Rey L. Pratt.
Of the Presiding Bishopric: Sylvester O. Cannon, David A. Smith, John Wells.
PURCHASE OF HILL CUMORAH
“Within a short time the Church has purchased the Hill Cumorah. The purchase embraces the farm where the hill stands, and the adjoining farm, which together with one that we had already purchased, including a part of the hill, gives us now the entire possession of the Hill Cumorah. I know that the hearts of the Latter-day Saints thrilled with pride when the announcement was made that we had secured this property. We now have the home where the prophet was born, and have erected a monument there. We now have the house and farm of Peter Whitmer, where the Church was born. We now have the Palmyra home. We have nearly all of the spots that are sacred in the history of the Church; and we rejoice in the financial condition of the Church whereby we have been able to accomplish these things.” The Ninety-eighth Annual Conference of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints was held in the Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, Utah, Friday, Saturday and Sunday, April 6, 7 and 8, 1928. Page 8
Entire article below with my added colors and highlights included.
“I feel very grateful to the Lord, my brethren and sisters, that through his mercy all of us who are assembled here this morning enjoy the opportunity of meeting together in general conference, upon the ninety-eighth anniversary of the organization of the Church.
Reference has been made by the president to the acquisition by the Church of the spot of ground in the state of New York known as the Hill Cumorah. It appears to me to be an event of such importance that I desire to devote the short time which is at my disposal this morning to a discussion of that subject. There have been some differences of opinion in regard to it, and in order that I might be correct in the statements which I make I have this morning finished a short manuscript which I would like to read — the first time, I believe, in my experience, that I have ever addressed a congregation in this manner, and I do it for the purpose stated.
OF MORE THAN ORDINARY IMPORTANCE
The purchase of this hill which President Grant has announced, is an event of more than ordinary importance to the membership of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. The memories of the remote past which cluster round this sacred spot, its close association with the opening of the present gospel dispensation, which has resulted in bringing together this congregation of people, for without it this tabernacle would not have been erected, nor would we have been gathered here in worship today, and the thought which we entertain of the possibilities which its bosom may unfold, make the acquisition of this hill almost an epochal accomplishment in the history of the Church.
If our Bible chronology is correct, and it is at least the best we have, it was in the year 599 before the birth of Christ, our Lord, that Zedekiah was chosen to be king of Judea. His reign was of short duration, extending over a period of only eleven years. He was in rebellion against the Babylonian kingdom, and Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, with his armies overran Judea, made Zedekiah prisoner, put out his eyes, killed his sons, and carried the king away captive to Babylon.
It was during the reign of this king that Lehi and his family, Ishmael and members of his household and Zoram, who had been a servant to Laban, left Jerusalem and began the journey which in time brought them to the American continent.
As a guide to their spiritual life these people brought with them that part of the Holy Scripture known to us as the Old Testament, which contained the first five books of Moses, the prophecies of Isaiah, Jeremiah and others of the ancient prophets. These records were engraven upon plates of brass.
TWO SETS OF PLATES
Soon after the arrival of these people and their establishment upon this continent, Nephi, the son of Lehi, was commanded to make other plates, on which a record of the history of his people was to be written Two sets of plates were made from metal which was smelted from ores that abounded in the new world to which the Nephites had come ; upon them Nephi commenced to record the history of his people. Both of these sets of plates which were made were called the plates of Nephi. Upon one set, which was called the larger plates of Nephi, the secular history of the people was kept, the reign of their various kings, their system of democratic government under the judges who were chosen by the voice of the people, and their wars and contentions.
A smaller set was made on which the religious history of the people was kept a record of their faith in God and the service rendered to him, their idolatry, the hand-dealings of the Lord among them, the predictions of their prophets and the persecutions which they suffered because of their faith in, and adherence to the doctrines taught by their fathers.
CAREFULLY PRESERVED
It was principally from these latter plates that Mormon made the abridgment which constitutes the volume known as the Book of Mormon. These records were carefully preserved, and passed through the hands of many different custodians before the history closed, which was more than four hundred years after the birth of the Redeemer of the world.
Besides these two sets of the plates of Nephi, and the brass plates which were brought from Jerusalem, there were twenty- four plates of gold, upon which was recorded a brief abridgment of the history of a people who came from Babylon to this continent long before the arrival of the Nephite colony. They left the old world at the time of the building of the Tower of Babel, about 2,200 years before the birth of Christ. It was from these latter plates that Moroni, the son ot Mormon, transcribed that portion of the Book of Mormon known as the Book of Ether.
It was three hundred twenty-one years after the birth of Christ that all of these records came into the hands of Ammaron, who received them from his brother Amos, who was the son of Nephi, who wrote the Fourth Book of Nephi, which appears in the Book of Mormon, as the following shows — I am quoting here, as I shall continue to quote, from the Book of Mormon itself:
“And it came to pass that when 320 years had passed away, Ammaron, being constrained by the Holy Ghost, did hide up the records which were sacred — yea. even all the sacred records which had been handed down from generation to generation, which were sacred — even until the three hundred twentieth year from the coming of Christ.
“And he did hide them up unto the Lord, that they might come again unto the remnant of the House of Jacob, according to the prophecies and the promises of the Lord. And thus is the end of the record of Ammaron.”
AMMARON TO MORMON
Pres Ivins continues, “One year later Ammaron called Mormon to him and gave him the following instruction :
“And now I, Mormon, make a record of the things which I have both seen and heard, and call it the Book of Mormon.
“And about the time that Ammaron hid up the records unto the Lord, he came unto me, (1 being about ten years of age, and I began to be learned some what after the manner of my people) and Ammaron said unto me : I perceive that thou art a sober child, and art quick to observe;
“Therefore when ye are about twenty and four years old I would that ye should remember the things that ye have observed concerning this people ; and when ye are of that age go to the land Antum, unto a hill which shall be called Shim; and there have I deposited unto the Lord all the sacred engravings concerning this people.
The map shares with you the probable routes for Mormon to return to Hill Shim to get the plates. It seems the Hill shim would be fairly close to Cumorah as I indicate on the map. Miles to next point on the rivers toward Shim are indicated in blue numbers.
“And behold ye shall take the plates of Nephi unto yourself, and the remainder shall ye leave in the place where they are ; and ye shall engrave on tht plates of Nephi all the things that ye have observed concerning this people.
“And I, Mormon, being a descendant of Nephi, (and my father’s name was Mormon) I remember the things which Ammaron commanded me.”
Fourteen years after this charge had been given to Mormon he writes as follows:
“And now, the city of Jashon was near the land where Ammaron had deposited the records unto the Lord, that they might not be destroyed. And behold I had gone according to the word of Ammaron, and taken the plates of Nephi, and did make a record according to the words of Ammaron.”
It will be observed that at this time only the plates of Nephi were removed from the hill Shim, by Mormon.
YEARS OF CONSTANT WAR
It was forty years later, as near as we are able to fix the date that Mormon again visited this hill, under different circumstances, as the following shows. Forty years had passed, forty years of constant war and bloodshed between the Nephite people and their enemies the Lamanites. The Nephites were fleeing before their enemies, taking all of the inhabitants with them when Mormon says:
“And now I, Mormon, seeing that the Lamanites were about to overthrow the land, therefore I did go to the Hill Shim, and did take up all the records which Ammaron had hid up unto the Lord.”
Mormon, after taking possession of the records, returned to the command of the Nephite armies. The sacred records, which had lain in the hill Shim for more than fifty years, were now in the custody of Mormon, and the Nephite people were fleeing before their enemies. Ten years later, ten years of hopeless struggle, Mormon again writes as follows :
“And I, Mormon, wrote an epistle to the king of the Lamanites, and desired of him that he would grant us that we might gather together our people unto the land of Cumorah, by a hill which was called Cumorah, and there we could give them battle.
“And it came to pass that the king of the Lamanites did grant unto me the thing which I desired.
“And it came to pass that we did march forth to the land of Cumorah, and we did pitch our tents round about the hill Cutmorah ; and it was a land of many waters, rivers and fountains ; and here we had hoped to gain advantage over the Lamanites.
“And when three hundred and eighty and four years had passed away, we had gathered in all the remainder of our people unto the land of Cumorah.
IN THE HILL CUMORAH
“And it came to pass that when we had gathered in all our people in one to the land of Cumorah, behold, I, Mormon, began to be old” — this man, at this time was, past 70 years of age and was still the commander-in-chief of the Nephite army ; “and knowing it to be the last struggle of my people, and having been commanded of the Lord that T should not suffer the records which had been handed down by our fathers, which were sacred, to fall into the hands of the Lamanites, (for the Lamanites would destroy them) therefore I made this record out of the plates of Nephi, and hid up in the Hill Cumorah all the records which had been entrusted to me by the hand of the Lord, save it were these few plates which I gave unto my son Moroni.
“And it came to pass that my people, with their wives and their children, did now behold the armies of the Lamanites marching toward them ; and with that awful fear of death which fills the breasts of all the wicked, did they await to receive them.”
THE FINAL DISPOSITION
So far as we have information this was the final disposition which was made of the records given into the custody of Mormon, from the plates of. Nephi. This latter, with the addition of the Book of Ether, and the few chapters written by Moroni, constitute the record contained in the Book of Mormon.
All of the remaining records, Mormon tells us, were deposited in the Hill Cumorah.
That the Hill Cumorah and the Hill Ramah are identical is shown by the following: Moroni, in the Rook of Ether, says:
“And it came to pass that the armies of Coriantumr did press upon the armies of Shiz” — he is telling the story now of this first people who came to the American continent from the Tower of Babel — “that they beat them, that they caused them to flee before them; and they did flee southward and did pitch their tents in a place which was called Ogath.
“And it came to pass that the army of Coriantumr did pitch their tents by the hill Ramah ; and it was in that same hill where my father Mormon did hide up the records unto the Lord, which were sacred.”
The passages which I have quoted from the Book of Mormon and the more extended discussion of this subject by Elder B. H. Roberts which was published in The Deseret News of March 3, 1928, definitely establish the following facts: That the Hill Cumorah, and the Hill Ramah are identical; that it was around this hill that the armies of both the Jaredites and Nephites, fought their great last battles; that it was in this hill that Mormon deposited all of the sacred records which had been entrusted to his care by Ammaron, except the abridgment which he had made from the plates of Nephi, which were delivered into the hands of his son, Moroni.We know positively that it was in this hill that Moroni deposited the abridgment made by his father, and his own abridgment of the record of the Jaredites, and that it was from this hill that Joseph Smith obtained possession of them.
PART OF THE RECORD SEALED
Only a portion of the record which came into possession of Joseph Smith was translated, and is contained in the present edition of the Book of Mormon. Part of the record was sealed, which he was forbidden to translate. The first Nephi, foreseeing that which would occur among the descendants of his father, has this to say :
“And it shall come to pass that the Lord God shall bring forth, to you the words of a book, and they shall be the words of them which have slumbered.
“And behold the book shall be sealed ; and in the book shall be a revelation from God, from the beginning of the world to the ending thereof.
“Wherefore, because of the things which are sealed up, the things which are sealed shall not be delivered in the day of the wickedness and abominations of the people. Wherefore the book shall be kept from them. * * *
“And the day cometh that the words of the book which were sealed shall be read upon the housetops; and they shall be read by the power of Christ; and all things shall be revealed unto the children of men which ever have been among the children of men, and which ever will be, even unto the end of the earth.”
FROM THE BOOK OF ETHER
The footnotes concerning that which I have read refer us to the book of Ether from which I desire to read a few paragraphs.
“And the Lord commanded the brother of Jared to go down out of the mount from the presence of the Lord, and write the things which he had seen : and they were forbidden to come unto the children of men, until after he should be lifted up upon the cross; and for this cause did king Mosiah keep them, that they should not come unto the world until after Christ should show himself unto his people.
“And after Christ truly had showed himself unto his people he commanded that they should be made manifest.
“And now, after that, they have all dwindled in unbelief; and there is none, save it be the Lamanites, and they have rejected the gospel of Christ; therefore 1 am commanded that T should hide them up again in the earth.
“Behold I have written upon these plates the very’ things which the brother of Jared saw; and there never were greater things made manifest than those which were made manifest unto the brother of Jared.
“Wherefore the Lord hath commanded me to write them ; and I have written them. And he commanded me that I should seal them up; and he also hath commanded that I should seal up the interpretation thereof; wherefore I have sealed up the interpreters, according to the commandment of the Lord.
“For the Lord said unto me : They shall not go forth unto the Gentiles until the day that they shall repent of their iniquity, and become clean before the Lord. * * *
“And now I, Moroni, have written the words which were commanded me, according to my memory; and I have told you the things which I have sealed up; therefore touch them not in order that ye may translate : for that thing is forbidden you, except by and by it shall be wisdom in God.”
AWAITING THE TIME
This sealed portion of the record which came into the hands of Joseph Smith but was not translated by him so far as we are aware, the abridgment made by Mormon, the record of Ether, and the other sacred records which were deposited in the Hill Cumorah, still lie in their repository, awaiting the time when the Lord shall see fit to bring them forth, that they may be published to the world.
Whether they have been removed from the spot where Mormon deposited them we cannot tell, but this we know, that they are safe under the guardianship of the Lord, and that they will be brought forth at the proper time as the Lord has declared they should be, for the benefit and blessing of the people of the world, for his word never fails.
According to the Book of Mormon many hundreds of thousands of people fell in battle around this hill, and the immediate vicinity. It was here that two once powerful nations were exterminated so far as their natural existence was concerned. It was here that these nations gathered together for their last great struggles.
UNTIL THE LAST
Pres Ivins continues, “These people were human, as we are; they carried with them their most precious possessions until the last, and when the end of the mighty struggle came, and the result was in doubt, they hid them away in order that they might not fall into the hands of their enemies.
Without doubt these treasures lie concealed today, some of them, at least, to be brought forth in the not distant future. How soon this will be we do not know, but this is certain, we are more than a century nearer that time than we were at the time when Joseph Smith took from their resting place in the Hill Cumorah, the plates from which he translated the contents of the Book of Mormon.
All of these incidents to which I have referred, my brethren and sisters, are very closely associated with this particular spot in the State of New York. Therefore I feel, as I said in the beginning of my remarks, that the acquisition of that spot of ground is more than an incident in the history of the Church; it is an epoch — an epoch which in my opinion is fraught with that which may become of greater interest to the Latter-day Saints than that which has already occurred. We know that all of these records, all the sacred records of the Nephite people, were deposited by Mormon in that hill. That incident alone is sufficient to make it the sacred and hallowed spot that it is to us. I thank God that in a way which seems to have been providential it has come into the possession of the Church.
I bear witness to you that the words which I have read here, quoted from the Book of Mormon, which refer to the future, will be fulfilled. Those additional records will come forth, they will be published to the world, that the children of our Father may be converted to faith in Christ, our Lord and Redeemer, through obedience to the doctrines which he taught. May God our Father hasten that day, is my humble prayer, and I ask it through Jesus Christ. Amen.” The Ninety-eighth Annual Conference of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints was held in the Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, Utah, Friday, Saturday and Sunday, April 6, 7 and 8, 1928. Page 10-15 by PRESIDENT ANTHONY W. IVINS
Jonathan Neville said, “I realize there are many LDS scholars and educators who disagree with President Ivins because of their own private interpretation of the scriptures. That’s fine. These are the same people who disagree with everything I’ve posted on my blogs so far, from Letter VII forward.
We can all believe whatever we want to believe. But there are many members of the Church who, like me, agree with what President Ivins said here. The LDS scholarly community continues to seek to suppress the views of those who agree with President Ivins, but we’ll continue to speak out on this blog and elsewhere.” See his blog here:
Explaining the title of this blog, this is what I mean. The Lord loves all people of this world perfectly and completely as His children. Christ speaks of two Promised Lands in 3 Nephi. These Lands were set apart by Christ himself so he could accomplish His great work of sharing the Gospel to all Nations. Christ had to chose a land where he could share with a people who would help Him accomplish His goal of loving and teaching the entire world. He chose Judea and America. Because Christ loves us all equally, no people or land was better than another but utilized for his purposes. Elder Whitney said, “We believe that this was His object in creating the Republic of the United States; the only land where his work could be commenced or the feet of his people find rest. No other land had such liberal institutions, had adopted so broad a platform upon which all men might stand.” Bishop Orson F. Whitney, delivered in the Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, Sunday Afternoon, April 19, 1885.From the Bible we learn, “And othersheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd.” John 10:16. In the Book of Mormon we hear,
By David Lindsley
“19 But, verily, I say unto you that the Father hath commanded me, and I tell it unto you, that ye were separated from among them because of their iniquity; therefore it is because of their iniquity that they know not of you.
20 And verily, I say unto you again that the other tribes hath the Father separated from them; and it is because of their iniquity that they know not of them.
21 And verily I say unto you, that ye are they of whom I said: Other sheep I have which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd.
22 And they understood me not, for they supposed it had been the Gentiles; for they understood not that the Gentiles should be converted through their preaching.” 3 Nephi 15:19-22
And from the Book of Mormon we also hear,
“1 And verily, verily, I say unto you that I have other sheep, which are not of this land, neither of the land of Jerusalem, neither in any parts of that land round about whither I have been to minister.
2 For they of whom I speak are they who have not as yet heard my voice; neither have I at any time manifested myself unto them.” 3 Nephi 16:1-2
That means He loves us ALL! The entire world and every person. Some have heard his word and others have not, but before judgement, all will have an equal opportunity to hear the gospel whether in this life, or in the life to come. What a beautiful blessing.
President Hinckley said, “I should like to say a few words about America…No land is without its beauty, no people without their virtues, and I hope that you who come from elsewhere will pardon my saying a few words concerning my own native land, America…surely this is a good land, a choice land, a chosen land. To me it is a miracle, a creation of the Almighty.” Gordon B. Hinckley Let Not Your Heart Be TroubledElder McConkie said, “The ‘other sheep’ here referred to constituted the separated flock or remnant of the house of Joseph, who, six centuries prior to the birth of Christ, had been miraculously detached from the Jewish fold in Palestine, and had been taken beyond the great deep to the American continent” (Jesus the Christ, p. 419). “In the quote above it mentions Palestine. I believe it is referring to a great area of the world that has been known by many names over the years. Today in 2022 we call it Israel like the rest of the world does. Understand however that this is the Land of Judea where Christ is from. Christ is through Adam to Eber (Hebrew) to Abraham to Israel and through the Tribe of Judah through David. Christ in not a “Jew” unless you define Jesus as coming from the royal Lineage above.
What was Israel called before it’s Historical Creation in 1948?
Judea province in the 1st Century CE
“On May 14, 1948, David Ben-Gurion, the head of the Jewish Agency, proclaimed the establishment of the State of Israel. U.S. President Harry S. Truman recognized the new nation on the same day. Through the centuries, the territory was known by a variety of other names, including Canaan, Djahy, Samaria, Judea, Yehud, Iudaea, Syria Palaestina and Southern Syria.” Source
What we call Israel today may not be made up of the same blood or religions of the Bible. There are many occupants of today’s Israel that are not necessarily from the Tribe of Judah, but may be Jews by name only. There are in Israel today many Asians, Africans, and Israelites.
“I truly believe that the Book of Mormon is the word of God by personal revelation. I also believe one of the greatest resources that has helped me understand the secondary evidences of that wonderful Book, is the “Annotated Book of Mormon.” by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum. Never before have I heard about and understood in my mind, the correct geography as researched about the two Promised Lands, as I have personally learned from the Annotated Book of Mormon.” Rian Nelson
Only Two Promised Covenant Lands by Rod Meldrum
“There are only two “Promised Lands” mentioned by Christ in the Book of Mormon; Jerusalem of the Old World (3 Nephi 20:29) and New Jerusalem of the New World (3 Nephi 20:22). Both of these covenant lands of promise were given by the Lord to the house of Israel for their latter day gathering place. The New World Promised Land would be the location of the gathering place for the House of Israel in the America’s. Where is this gathering place? It will be at the New Jerusalem. And where is the New Jerusalem going to be located? We know through revelation that the New Jerusalem will be built in Jackson County Missouri, in the Heartland of North America (D&C 84:1-4). Did the Book of Mormon history take place on the same land as the New Jerusalem? Multiple passages establish that Lehi’s family was lead to and remained on this Promised Land throughout their entire history (1 Nephi 13:30, 22:7, 2 Nephi 1:5, 3 Nephi 20:22, 21:2-4,21:22-23, Ether 13:2-6). Therefore the land the Nephites, Jaredites, Mulekites and Lamanites lived upon was their “covenanted” land of promise and must – by covenant – include the Heartland of North America because it is the revealed location of the New Jerusalem by the Lord Himself.” Rod Meldrum. Read the entire article by Rod Meldrum called, The Scriptural Basis for Book of Mormon Geography THE ANNOTATED EDITION OFTHE BOOK OF MORMON
THE OLD TESTAMENT: “I will gather the remnant of My flock out of all countries whither I have driven them.”(Jeremiah 23:3) THE NEW TESTAMENT:“I am the Good Shepherd, and know My sheep, and am known of Mine. As the Father knoweth Me, even so know I the Father, and I lay down My life for the sheep. And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear My voice; and there shall be one fold, and one Shepherd.”(John 10:14-16) THE BOOK OF MORMON:“And verily I say unto you, that ye are they of whom I said: ‘Other sheep I have which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear My voice; and there shall be one fold, and one Shepherd.’”(3 Nephi 15:21)“…for behold, I know My sheep and they are numbered.” (3 Nephi 18:31) (Note: words spoken by Jesus Christ are in red lettering.)
“Other Sheep” Prophecies and Promises by Bruce H. Porter and Rod Meldrum
“The Savior declared that He must visit others unknown to “this people” and unknown to those at Jerusalem, emphasizing that he must manifest Himself to them and that they must hear His voice. Read closely the few verses below as they indicate those to whom Christ had appeared to. And verily, verily, I say unto you that I have other sheep, which are not of this land, neither of the land of Jerusalem, neither in any parts of that land round about whither I have been to minister. For they of whom I speak are they who have not as yet heard my voice; neither have I at any time manifested myself unto them. But I have received a commandment of the Father that I shall go unto them, and that they shall hear my voice, and shall be numbered among my sheep, that there may be one fold and one shepherd; therefore I go to show myself unto them. 3 Nephi 16:1-3
These statements made by the Savior should be emphasized inasmuch that they indicate that the story is not over or limited to one group of people. They also indicate that the story did not begin with the visit of Christ after his resurrection, in Jerusalem and then in Bountiful. Christ teaches that “I have other sheep, which are not of this land, neither of the land of Jerusalem, neither in any parts of that land round about whither I have been to minister.” The scriptures teach that there may be many nations that He visited who no doubt have kept records of His appearance and teachings. The fact that Christ has visited other sheep and nations does not necessarily mean that all of them must be located outside of the western hemisphere. These nations may be in the proverbial “backyard” of the Promised Land as well as any other continents in the same hemisphere, or even different peoples and cultures within a continent. There are no stated limitations. Some have addressed this thought and possibility as recorded in scripture about the visitation of Christ to other nations. From the vantage point of the scriptures, the Lord could have made a visit to the inhabitants of the Japanese islands, and for that matter, to other peoples of Asia as well. During his earthly ministry Jesus frequently reassured the Jews that he was the Good Shepherd, always mindful of his sheep, and known of them. He explained that he had other sheep not of their fold whom he would visit (see John 10:14-16). This promise was fulfilled when the resurrected Messiah appeared on the American continent as recorded in the Book of Mormon (see 3 Nephi 15:21). But while still among the Nephites, Jesus made a further promise that he would also visit other tribes of the house of Israel, neither of the land of Jerusalem nor of the land of the Nephites, whom the Father had led away. He had been commanded of the Father to administer to the needs of these sheep, and they would hear his voice.
Cartoon by Val Chadwick Bagley
“There is little doubt that other peoples came to the western hemisphere as the DNA evidence has shown. Likewise, there is evidence that Christ did visit many nations as the sacred text reveals. Many traditions around the world indicate or imply that one like Christ did indeed visit many lands, including Central America. However, the Book of Mormon by textual evidence and coupled with the prophetic statements of Joseph Smith, is unquestionably about a people on the Promised Land and speaks specifically about the nation established by Gentiles who came out of captivity. This is the same nation and Promised Land where the New Jerusalem will be built. This latter-day nation is the United States of America. The Savior states in 3 Nephi that there were others that He must visit besides those to whom He was speaking. These other people are unknown to those in this land of promise and the land of Jerusalem. But, verily, I say unto you that the Father hath commanded me, and I tell it unto you, that ye were separated from among them because of their iniquity; therefore it is because of their iniquity that they know not of you. And verily, I say unto you again that the other tribes hath the Father separated from them; and it is because of their iniquity that they know not of them. And verily I say unto you, that ye are they of whom I said: Other sheep I have which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd. 3 Nephi 15:19-21
The Lord declares that others were separated, and that there have been many migrations of people that were led by the hand of the Lord to different lands, continents, and isles of the sea. The movement of families for the preservation of life and religion is a motif seen throughout the scriptures. The separation of the righteous from the wicked is evident in all of our standard works. The City of Enoch, Abraham’s departure from Ur, the Rechabites in Jeremiah at the same time Lehi leaves Jerusalem, and then Nephi going into the wilderness leaving behind the land of their first inheritance are examples. Even the saints in this dispensation were led by the Lord from place to place seeking safety from persecution and religious freedom until they settled in the Salt Lake Valley. The Lord has led many families and groups into the “nethermost parts of the vineyard” explained in Jacob 5.
The Allegory of the Olive Tree
Jacob, the brother of Nephi, also gives clues to some migrations led by the hand of the Lord in the “Allegory of the Olive Tree” in Jacob 5. Zenos prophesied that the “natural branches” will be taken off the “mother” tree and planted in the “nethermost parts of the vineyard” (Jacob 5:13). This allegory teaches that one branch, planted in a “good spot of ground”, brought forth both good and bad fruit: And he said unto the servant: Look hither and behold the last. Behold, this have I planted in a good spot of ground; and I have nourished it this long time, and only a part of the tree hath brought forth tame fruit, and the other part of the tree hath brought forth wild fruit; behold, I have nourished this tree like unto the others. In this “good spot of ground” there is a division of the “tame fruit” and “wild fruit” in the branch planted there. In verses 43-45 the wild fruit eventually overcame the good and tame fruit that was planted in a “good spot of ground”—a place that was “choice unto me above all other parts of the land of my vineyard.” Verse 44 speaks of the Jaredites being in the same “spot of ground” that was cut down to plant the branch which brought forth the two kinds of fruit. And behold this last, whose branch hath withered away, I did plant in a good spot of ground; yea, even that which was choice unto me above all other parts of the land of my vineyard. And thou beheldest that I also cut down that which cumbered this spot of ground, that I might plant this tree in the stead thereof. And thou beheldest that a part thereof brought forth good fruit, and a part thereof brought forth wild fruit; and because I plucked not the branches thereof and cast them into the fire, behold, they have overcome the good branch that it hath withered away. Jacob 5:43-45 The commentaries that exist on these verses are unanimous in their interpretation of this “good spot of ground” as the Promised Land obtained by Lehi, one that is “choice unto me above all other parts of the land of my vineyard.” This same part of the vineyard was given to Lehi, the descendants of Mulek and to the Jaredites that once “cumbered” this good spot of ground. The “good fruit” being overcome by the “wild fruit” is always viewed as the eventual wickedness and destruction of the Nephites by the Lamanites. This “good spot of ground” is described as the spot where those described in the Book of Mormon as “this people” were led to “this land.” The Book of Mormon is not only a history of the people led to “this land” but it also becomes a historical record and prophetic text about the “Promised Land” and those who shall inherit it. The other people led away and “planted in the nethermost part of the vineyard” could be those in any part of the world.146 This “nethermost part” could be in Japan, China, and India, parts of Russia, Scandinavia, Greenland, Australia, or New Zealand. Any of the “isles of the sea” could be included. The “nethermost part” could even be the peoples and cultures that might be living and keeping records near the Promised Land and be found in Central or South America. There are “myths” and stories of one like Christ appearing in many places and cultures around the world and teaching “Christian-like” concepts. The important lesson learned from the Book of Mormon is that there are other nations and groups of people that kept their own records of His teachings and His appearances to them. It would be folly to decide or interpret that the visit of Christ was limited to a single geographical setting. The fact that Christ appeared to the people on “this continent,” according to Moroni, and Joseph Smith, does not negate a possible visit to many other cultures in this hemisphere as well as those in the Promised Land as recorded in 3 Nephi, nor does it mean that all those who were visited by Christ were of necessity “Nephites.”
Two Promised Lands
Christ Speaks to All Nations
An important question asked by the Lord in scripture and about scripture is “Know ye not that there are more nations than one?” There is no limit to the Lord’s love and concern for the nations, kindreds, and tongues of the world. Having reviewed a few scriptures about “other sheep” that are usually associated with the House of Israel, a review of passages about other nations might be helpful. These nations are discussed in scripture, beyond the scope of the historical setting and people of the Book of Mormon. However, the Lord has seen a need for the scriptural text of the Nephites to include information about these nations, lands, and records that lie beyond the borders of the particular Land of Promise. The paraphrased passages below give insight beyond “this land” into other peoples and other lands. Know ye not that there are more nations than one?…and that I remember those who are upon the isles of the sea; and I bring forth my word unto the children of men, yea, even upon all the nations of the earth? …that I remember one nation like unto another? Wherefore, I speak the same words unto one nation like unto another. …that I speak forth my words according to mine own pleasure. And because that I have spoken one word ye need not suppose that I cannot speak another… Wherefore, because that ye have a Bible ye need not suppose that it contains all my words; neither need ye suppose that I have not caused more to be written. For I command all men, both in the east and in the west, and in the north, and in the south, and in the islands of the sea, that they shall write the words which I speak unto them… For behold, I shall speak unto the Jews and they shall write it; and I shall also speak unto the Nephites and they shall write it; and I shall also speak unto the other tribes of the house of Israel, which I have led away, and they shall write it; and I shall also speak unto all nations of the earth and they shall write it. 2 Nephi 29:7-12 Could these other “nations” in the verses (especially verse 12) above, include the highly advanced civilizations of Asia, and the Far East, perhaps the nations of northern Europe? Could these passages even include the peoples and cultures of Central and South America that might not be recorded in the Book of Mormon? The last verse above speaks of the Jews, and then the Nephites and all the “other tribes of the house of Israel” and then includes the statement, that he “shall also speak unto all nations of the earth and they shall write it.” The fact that the Book of Mormon is a record of the Promised Land does not mean that the entire hemisphere was that land. There can be no limitations on the Lord and the work He might do as He questions and declares: “Know ye not that there are more nations than one?…I shall also speak unto all nations of the earth and they shall write it.”
Other Records, Other People, Other Lands
Teachers of the Book of Mormon often remind their students that this sacred text is a record of “three migrations” and no more. Therefore, this written history is not the record of every migration to this continent or hemisphere. The claim of the book itself, and that of the translator, is that it consists of a record of only those who came to the “Promised Land.” It is a history of Lehi and his family, Mulek and those who came with him, and the earlier migration and history of the Jaredites. All of these groups were led to the very same “Promised Land” as is evident in the scriptures. The fact that the record does not represent all cultures of the Western Hemisphere does not necessarily indicate that all lands within the hemisphere should be represented and included as the “Promised Land” within the Book of Mormon text. There are only three groups of people that make up the known populations in the text of the Book of Mormon. Therefore, the land within the scriptural text should only include the land that those three groups inhabit. The prophecies and promises about the people and the land are to be fulfilled within the same land which they inhabit. Based on the limited number of cultures that the Book of Mormon embraces and the information presented above, let us hypothesize for the moment that the text is just as limited in its geography. Suppose it is the record of those groups only, that were “planted in the good spot of ground” that is the “Promised Land.” Nephi explains that the record he is making “should be kept for the instruction of my people, who should possess the land” (1 Nephi 19:3) — then and now.” Prophecies and Promises by Bruce H. Porter and Rod Meldrum Chapter 14
I Will Graft Them:
“In the process of grafting, healthy, living branches are cut from a tree and inserted into the trunk of another tree to grow. The “branches” in this allegory of the Tame Olive Tree represent different groups of people whom the Lord takes from one place and then plants in another place to keep the “tree” from dying. Ultimately, the regrafting in of those of the House of Israel will include their coming to “the knowledge of the true Messiah”(1 Nephi 10:14).” Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum page 107
Olive Tree Grafting
The Lord’s promises are extended to all of God’s people, world-wide. He loves us all and His goal is , “to bring to pass the immortality and eternallife of man.” Moses 1:39
Covenant of Abraham
“Abraham first received the gospel by baptism (which is the covenant of salvation). Then he had conferred upon him the higher priesthood, and he entered into celestial marriage (which is the covenant of exaltation), gaining assurance thereby that he would have eternal increase. Finally he received a promise that all of these blessings would be offered to all of his mortal posterity (D&C 132:29–50; Abr. 2:6–11). Included in the divine promises to Abraham were the assurances that (1) Christ would come through his lineage, and that (2) Abraham’s posterity would receive certain lands as an eternal inheritance (Gen. 17; 22:15–18; Gal. 3; Abr. 2). These promises taken together are called the “Abrahamic covenant.” It was renewed with Isaac (Gen. 26:1–4, 24) and again with Jacob (Gen. 28; 35:9–13; 48:3–4).
The portions of the covenant that pertain to personal salvation and eternal increase are renewed with each individual who receives the ordinance of celestial marriage (see D&C 132:29–33). Those of non-Israelite lineage, commonly known as Gentiles, are adopted into the house of Israel and become heirs of the covenant and the seed of Abraham through the ordinances of the gospel (Gal. 3:26–29).
Being an heir to the Abrahamic covenant does not make one a “chosen person” per se but does signify that such are chosen to responsibly carry the gospel to all the peoples of the earth. Abraham’s seed have carried out the missionary activity in all the nations since Abraham’s day. (Matt. 3:9; Abr. 2:9–11.)
To fulfill the covenant God made with Abraham—having particular reference to the fact that the literal seed of his body would be entitled to all of the blessings of the gospel (Abr. 2:10–11)—a number of specific and particular things must take place in the last days. The gospel must be restored, the priesthood must be conferred again upon man, the keys of the sealing power must be given again to mortals, Israel must be gathered, and the Holy Ghost must be poured out upon the Gentiles. All this has already taken place or is in process of fulfillment. See also Adoption; Gentile.” LDS Bible Dictionary